529316
10
Zoom out
Zoom in
Previous page
1/369
Next page
OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.
However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so that
our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and
explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you
may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehi-
cle.
F2
Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the per-
formance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab-
lished by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country.
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible
for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic
systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-
tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose
to install one of these devices.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
F3
This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
NOTICE
This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
WARNING
This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other
persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.
CAUTION
This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the
caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.
F4
FOREWORD
Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who drive
Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're very
proud.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it care-
fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.
The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal-
er. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.
HYUNDAI MOTOR INDIA
Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the man-
ual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.
Copyright 2008 Hyundai Motor India. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval
system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor India.
CAUTION
Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundai
specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-4 in the
Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
F5
Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts
1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?
Hyundai Genuine Parts are the same
parts used by Hyundai Motor
Company to manufacture vehicles.
They are designed and tested for the
optimum safety, performance, and reli-
ability to our customers.
2. Why should you use genuine parts?
Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-
neered and built to meet rigid manu-
facturing requirements. Using imita-
tion, counterfeit or used salvage parts
is not covered under the Hyundai New
Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other
Hyundai warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of
Hyundai Genuine Parts caused by the
installation or failure of an imitation,
counterfeit or used salvage part is not
covered by any Hyundai Warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are pur-
chasing Hyundai Genuine Parts?
Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts
Logo on the package (see below).
Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to
are packaged with labels written only
in English.
Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold
through authorized Hyundai
Dealerships.
A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L
A100A03L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I
Introduction
Your vehicle at a glance
Safety system of your vehicle
Features of your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
What to do in an emergency
Maintenance
Specifications & Consumer information
Index
table of contents
1
How to use this manual / 1-2
Fuel requirements / 1-2
Vehicle break-in process / 1-5
Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-6
Introduction
Introduction
21
A010000AHM
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your vehi-
cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist you
in many ways. We strongly recommend
that you read the entire manual. In order
to minimize the chance of death or injury,
you must read the WARNING and CAU-
TION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words in this
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
vehicle. By reading your manual, you
learn about features, important safety
information, and driving tips under vari-
ous road conditions.
The general layout of the manual is pro-
vided in the Table of Contents. Use the
index when looking for a specific area or
subject; it has an alphabetical listing of all
information in your manual.
Sections: This manual has eight sections
plus an index. Each section begins with a
brief list of contents so you can tell at a
glance if that section has the information
you want.
You’ll find various WARNING’s,
CAUTION’s, and NOTICE’s in this manu-
al. These were prepared to enhance your
personal safety. You should carefully read
and follow ALL procedures and recom-
mendations provided in these
WARNING’s, CAUTION’s and NOTICE’s.
NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or help-
ful information is being provided.
Gasoline engine
A020101AFD
Unleaded
For Europe
F
or the optimal vehicle performance, we
recommend you to use unleaded gaso-
line with an octane rating of RON
(Research Octane Number) 95 /AKI (Anti
Knock Index) 91 or higher.
You may use unleaded gasoline with an
octane rating of RON 91~94/AKI 87~90
but it may result in slight performance
reduction of the vehicle.
Except Europe
Your new vehicle is designed to use only
unleaded fuel having an Octane Rating
of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 /
AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher.
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain
maximum performance with UNLEADED
FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-
sions and spark plug fouling.
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which harm, serious bodily injury or
death could result if the warning is
ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which damage to your vehicle could
result if the caution is ignored.
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
13
Introduction
A020102APB
Leaded (if equipped)
For some countries, your vehicle is
designed to use leaded gasoline
. When
you are going to use leaded gasoline,
ask an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
whether leaded gasoline in your vehicle
is available or not.
Octane Rating of leaded gasoline is
same with unleaded one.
A020103APB
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also kno
wn as grain alcohol),
and gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol (also known as wood alcohol)
are being marketed along with or instead
of leaded or unleaded gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than
10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or
gasohol containing any methanol. Either
of these fuels may cause drivability prob-
lems and damage the fuel system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if
drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or driveability problems
may not be covered by the manufactur-
er’s warranty if they result from the use
of:
1. Gasohol containing more than 10%
ethanol.
2. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
(Except for vehicle designed to use
leaded gasoline for some countries)
CAUTION
NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The
use of leaded fuel is detrimental to
the catalytic converter and will
damage the engine control sys-
tem’s oxygen sensor and affect
emission control.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified. (Consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
details.)
WARNING
Do not "top off" after the nozzle
automatically shuts off when
refueling.
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an acci-
dent.
CAUTION
Never use gasohol which contains
methanol. Discontinue use of any
gasohol product which impairs dri-
vability.
Introduction
41
A020104AEN
Use of MTBE
HYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuels
containing MTBE (Meth
yl Tertiary Butyl
Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content
2.7% weight) in your vehicle.
Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.
(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) may
reduce vehicle performance and produce
vapor lock or hard starting.
A020105APA
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood alco-
hol) should not be used in y
our vehicle.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-
formance and damage components of
the fuel system.
A020106AEN
Gasolines for cleaner air
To help contribute to cleaner air,
HYUND
AI recommends that you use
gasolines treated with detergent addi-
tives, which help prevent deposit forma-
tion in the engine. These gasolines will
help the engine run cleaner and enhance
performance of the Emission Control
System.
A020107AUN
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in
another countr
y, be sure to:
Observe all regulations regarding reg-
istration and insurance.
Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-
able.
Diesel engine
A020201AHM
Diesel fuel
Diesel engine must be operated only on
commercially a
vailable diesel fuel that
complies with EN 590 or comparable
standard. (EN stands for "European
Norm"). Do not use marine diesel fuel,
heating oils, or non-approved fuel addi-
tives, as this will increase wear and
cause damage to the engine and fuel
system. The use of non-approved fuels
and / or fuel additives will result in a limi-
tation of your warranty rights.
CAUTION
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
may not cover damage to the fuel
system and any performance prob-
lems that are caused by the use of
fuels containing methanol or fuels
containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary
Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.
(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)
CAUTION
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
may not cover damage to the fuel
system and performance problems
that are caused by the use of
methanol or fuels containing
methanol.
15
Introduction
Diesel fuel of 52 to 54 cetane is used in
your vehicle. If two types of diesel fuel
are available, use summer or winter fuel
properly according to the following tem-
perature conditions.
Above -5°C(23°F) ... Summer type
diesel fuel.
Below -5°C(23°F) ... Winter type diesel
fuel.
Watch the fuel level in the tank very care-
fully : If the engine stops through fuel fail-
ure, the circuits must be completely
purged to restart.
A020202AUN
Biodiesel
Commercially supplied biodiesel blends
of no more than 5% biodiesel, commonly
kno
wn as "B5 biodiesel" may be used in
your vehicle if it meets EN 14214 or
equivalent specifications. (EN stands for
"European Norm"). The use of biofuels
made from rapeseed methyl ester
(RME), fatty acid methyl ester (FAME),
vegetable oil methyl ester (VME) etc. or
mixing diesel with biodiesel will cause
increased wear or damage to the engine
and fuel system. Repair or replacement
of worn or damaged components due to
the use of non approved fuels will not be
covered by the manufactures warranty.
A030000AUN
No special break-in period is needed. By
following a few simple precautions for the
first 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add to
the performance, economy and life of
your vehicle.
Do not race the engine.
While driving, keep your engine speed
(rpm, or revolutions per minute)
between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
Do not maintain a single speed for long
periods of time, either fast or slow.
Varying engine speed is needed to
properly break-in the engine.
Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-
cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-
erly.
Don't let the engine idle longer than 3
minutes at one time.
Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000
km (1,200 miles) of operation.
CAUTION
Do not let any gasoline or water
enter the tank. This would make it
necessary to drain it out and to
bleed the lines to avoid jamming
the injection pump and damaging
the engine.
• In winter, in order to cut down
incidents due to freezing, paraffin
oil may be added to the fuel if the
temperature drops to below -
10°C(50°F). Never use more than
20% paraffin oil.
CAUTION
Never use any fuel, whether
diesel or B5 biodiesel that fails to
meet the latest petroleum indus-
try specification.
Never use any fuel additives or
treatments that are not recom-
mended or approved by the vehi-
cle manufacturer.
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
Introduction
61
A050000APB
INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Door and tailgate open position
indicator*
Seat belt warning light
High beam indicator
Low beam indicator
Turn signal indicator
Front fog light indicator*
Rear fog light indicator*
ABS warning light*
Parking brake & Brake fluid
warning light
Engine oil pressure warning
light
Charging system warning light
ESP indicator*
ESP OFF indicator*
Malfunction indicator*
Air bag warning light*
Immobilizer indicator*
Low fuel level warning light
Glow indicator (Diesel only)
Fuel filter warning light
(Diesel only)
Electric power steering (EPS)
system warning light*
For more detailed explanations, refer to section 4, “Instrument cluster”.
* : if equipped
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System) malfunction indicator*
Low tire pressure telltale*
Low tire pressure position tell-
tale*
Door ajar warning light*
Tailgate open warning light*
O/D OFF indicator*
O/D
OFF
2
Interior overview / 2-2
Instrument panel overview / 2-3
Engine compartment / 2-4
Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
22
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Door lock/unlock button ..........................4-10
2. Outside rearview mirror folding button* ..4-33
3. Outside rearview mirror control switch*..4-32
4. Power window lock button*.....................4-17
5. Power window switches* ........................4-14
6. Air vent ...................................................4-66
7. Head lamp leveling device* ....................4-56
8. ESP OFF button*....................................5-20
9. Instrument panel illumination control knob*
................................................................4-36
10. Steering wheel tilt lever* .......................4-28
11. Fuse box ................................................7-60
12. Hood release lever ...............................4-19
13. Clutch pedal* ..........................................5-8
14. Brake pedal ..........................................5-15
15. Accelerator pedal....................................5-5
16. Fuel filler lid opener ..............................4-21
* : if equipped
OPB009001R
B010000APB
23
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1. Instrument cluster ...........................4-34
2. Light control / Turn signals..............4-52
3. Wiper/Washer..................................4-57
4. Audio remote control* ....................4-89
5. Horn ................................................4-29
6. Driver’s front air bag* ......................3-39
7. Steering wheel ................................4-28
8. Ignition switch ...................................5-4
9. Multi display* .....................................4-47
10. Hazard warning flasher switch......4-51
11. Trip computer switch*....................4-48
12. Audio*............................................4-95
13. Climate control system* ................4-64
14. Multi box........................................4-82
15. Cigarette lighter.............................4-84
16. Seat warmer* ..................................3-7
17. AUX, USB and iPod port* .............4-91
18. Shift lever ........................................5-7
19. Parking brake lever .......................5-16
20. Passenger’s front air bag*.............3-39
21. Glove box ......................................4-81
* : if equipped
OPB009002R
B020000APB
Your vehicle at a glance
42
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Engine coolant reservoir...................7-32
2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-30
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............7-34
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-39
5. Fuse box ...........................................7-62
6. Positive battery terminal ...................7-46
7. Negative battery terminal..................7-46
8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-37
9. Radiator cap .....................................7-33
10. Engine oil dipstick...........................7-30
11. Automatic transaxle dipstick* ..........7-35
* : if equipped
B030000APB
Gasoline Engine
OPB009003R
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
25
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Engine coolant reservoir...................7-32
2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-30
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............7-34
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-39
5. Fuse box ...........................................7-61
6. Positive battery terminal ...................7-46
7. Negative battery terminal..................7-46
8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-37
9. Radiator cap .....................................7-33
10. Engine oil dipstick...........................7-30
11. Fuel filter .........................................7-38
Diesel Engine
OPB079001R
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
3
Seat / 3-2
Seat belts / 3-13
Child restraint system / 3-24
Airbag-supplemental restraint system / 3-33
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety system of your vehicle
23
C010000APB
Front seat
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat height (drivers seat)*
(4) Headrest
(5) Walk-in seat (3door vehicle only)*
(6) Armrest (drivers seat)*
(7) Seat warmer*
Rear seats
(8) Headrest (outboard and/or center*)
(9) Seat folding
* : if equipped
SEAT
OPB039001R
33
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING - Drivers seat
Never attempt to adjust seat
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control,
and an accident causing death,
serious injury, or property dam-
age.
Do not allow anything to interfere
with the normal position of the
seatback. Storing items against a
seatback or in any other way
interfering with proper locking of
a seatback could result in seri-
ous or fatal injury in a sudden
stop or collision.
Always drive and ride with your
seatback upright and the lap por-
tion of the seat belt snug and low
across the hips. This is the best
position to protect you in case of
an accident.
In order to avoid unnecessary
and perhaps severe air bag
injuries, always sit as far back as
possible from the steering wheel
while maintaining comfortable
control of the vehicle. It is recom-
mended that your chest is at
least 250 mm (10 inches) away
from the steering wheel.
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, hold the seatback
and return it slowly and be sure
there are no other occupants
around the seat. If the seatback is
returned without being held and
controlled, the back of the seat
could spring forward resulting in
accidental injury to a person struck
by the seatback.
WARNING - Loose objects
Loose objects in the drivers foot
area could interfere with the opera-
tion of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident. Do not place
anything under the front seats.
WARNING - Driver respon-
sibility for front seat pas-
senger
Riding in a vehicle with a front seat-
back reclined could lead to serious
or fatal injury in an accident. If a
front seat is reclined during an
accident, the occupant’s hips may
slide under the lap portion of the
seat belt applying great force to the
unprotected abdomen. Serious or
fatal internal injuries could result.
The driver must advise the front
passenger to keep the seatback in
an upright position whenever the
vehicle is in motion.
Safety system of your vehicle
43
Front seat adjustment
C010101AHM
Forward and backward
To move the seat forward or backward:
1.
Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and backward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not
locked properly.
OPB039002/H
WARNING
After adjusting the seat, always
check that it is securely locked into
place by attempting to move the
seat forward or reverse without
using the lock release lever.
Sudden or unexpected movement
of the driver's seat could cause you
to lose control of the vehicle result-
ing in an accident.
(Continued)
When resetting the seatback to
the upright position, make sure it
is securely latched by pushing it
forward and backwards.
WARNING - Rear seat-
backs
The rear seatback must be
securely latched. If not, passen-
gers and objects could be thrown
forward resulting in serious
injury or death in the event of a
sudden stop or collision.
Luggage and other cargo should
be laid flat in the cargo area. If
objects are large, heavy, or must
be piled, they must be secured.
Under no circumstances should
cargo be piled higher than the
seatbacks. Failure to follow these
warnings could result in serious
injury or death in the event of a
sudden stop, collision or rollover.
No passenger should ride in the
cargo area or sit or lie on folded
seatbacks while the vehicle is
moving. All passengers must be
properly seated in seats and
restrained properly while riding.
(Continued)
35
Safety system of your vehicle
C010102AHM
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1.
Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback of the seat to the
position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. (The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.)
C010103APB
Seat height (for drivers seat)
(if equipped)
To change the height of the seat, move
the lever upwards or downwards.
To lower the seat, push down the lever
several times.
To raise the seat, pull up the lever sev-
eral times.
C010104APB
Headrest
The driver's and front passenger's seats
are equipped with a headrest for the
occup
ant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort
for the driver and front passenger, but
also helps protect the head and neck in
the event of a collision.
OPB039003/H
OPB039004/H OPA039052
Safety system of your vehicle
63
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the head-
rest, push and hold the release button (2)
on the headrest support and lower the
headrest to the desired position (3).
Removal
To remove the headrest, raise it as far as
it can go then press the release button (1)
while pulling the headrest up (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the head-
rest poles (3) into the holes while press-
ing the release button (1). Then adjust it
to the appropriate height.
OPB039008
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in
position after adjusting it to proper-
ly protect the occupants.
OPB039005
WARNING
For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the headrest
should be adjusted so the middle
of the headrest is at the same
height of the center of gravity of
an occupant's head. Generally,
the center of gravity of most peo-
ple's head is similar with the
height of the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as
close to your head as possible.
For this reason, the use of a
cushion that holds the body away
from the seatback is not recom-
mended.
Do not operate the vehicle with
the headrests removed as severe
injury to the occupants may
occur in the event of an accident.
Headrests may provide protec-
tion against neck injuries when
properly adjusted.
Do not adjust the headrest height
37
Safety system of your vehicle
Active headrest (if equipped)
The active headrest is designed to move
forward and upward during a rear impact.
This helps to prevent the driver's and
front passenger’s head from moving
backward and thus helps prevent neck
injuries.
C010306APB
Walk-in seat (3door vehicle only)
To get in or out of the 2nd row seat, pull
up the walk-in lever on the front p
assen-
ger's seatback. The passenger's seat will
fold and the seat will slide forward. Move
the seat to the farthest forward position.
After getting in or out, slide the passen-
ger's seat rearward and pull the seatback
firmly backward until it clicks into place.
Make sure that the seat is locked in place.
C010107AUN
Seat warmer (if equipped)
The seat warmers are provided to warm
the front seat
s during cold weather. With
the ignition switch in the ON position,
push either of the switches to warm the
driver's seat or the front passenger's
seat.
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer
is not needed, keep the switches in the
"OFF" position.
NOTICE
With the seat warmer switch in the ON
position, the heating system in the seat
turns off or on automatically depending
on the seat temperature.
OPB039007ROPB039050/HHNF2041-1/H
WARNING
Never attempt to adjust the seat
while the vehicle is moving or when
the passenger's seat is occupied as
the seat may suddenly move and
cause the passenger on the seat to
be injured.
Safety system of your vehicle
83
C010108APB
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
The seatback pocket is provided on the
back of the front p
assengers seatback.
OMG039017
Type A
CAUTION
When cleaning the seats, do not
use an organic solvent such as
thinner, benzene, alcohol and
gasoline. Doing so may damage
the surface of the heater or seats.
To prevent overheating the seat
warmer, do not place blankets,
cushions or seat covers on the
seats while the seat warmer is in
operation.
Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped with
seat warmers. Damage to the seat
warming components could occur.
WARNING - Seat warmer
burns
Passengers should use extreme
caution when using seat warmers
due to the possibility of excess
heating or burns. In particular, the
driver must exercise extreme care
for the following types of passen-
gers:
1. Infants, children, elderly or hand-
icapped persons, or hospital out-
patients
2. Persons with sensitive skin or
those that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold
tablets, etc.)
OPB039012
Type B
39
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear seat adjustment
C010303APB
Headrest (if equipped)
The rear seat(s) is equipped with head-
rest
s in the outboard seating positions
(and/or center seating position) for the
occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort
for passengers, but also helps protect
the head and neck in the event of a colli-
sion.
WARNING - Seatback pocket
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in
the seatback pocket. In an accident
they could come loose from the
pocket and injure vehicle occupants.
OPA039053
WARNING
For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the headrest
should be adjusted so the middle
of the headrest is at the same
height of the center of gravity of
an occupant's head. Generally,
the center of gravity of most peo-
ple's head is similar with the
height of the top of their eyes.
Also adjust the headrest as close
to your head as possible. For this
reason, the use of a cushion that
holds the body away from the
seatback is not recommended.
Do not operate the vehicle with
the headrests removed. Severe
injury to an occupant may occur
in the event of an accident.
Headrests may provide protec-
tion against severe neck injuries
when properly adjusted.
Safety system of your vehicle
103
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the head-
rest, push and hold the release button (2)
on the headrest support and lower the
headrest to the desired position (3).
Removal
To remove the headrest, raise it as far as
it can go then press the release button
(1) while pulling upward (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the head-
rest poles (3) into the holes while press-
ing the release button (1). Then adjust it
to the appropriate height.
C010307BPB
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks (or cushions) may be
folded to facilit
ate carrying long items or
to increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
OPB039011
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in
position after adjusting it to proper-
ly protect the occupants.
WARNING
The purpose of the fold-down rear
seatbacks (or cushions) is to allow
you to carry longer objects that
could not be accomodated in the
luggage compartment.
Never allow passengers to sit on
top of the folded down seatback
while the vehicle is moving as this
is not a proper seating position and
no seat belts are available for use.
This could result in serious injury
or death in case of an accident or
sudden stop. Objects carried on the
folded down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of the
front seats. This could allow cargo
to slide forward and cause injury or
damage during sudden stops.
OPB039009
311
Safety system of your vehicle
To fold the rear seat cushion and back
(if equipped) :
1. Set the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the
front seat forward.
2. Lift the front portion of the seat cush-
ion.
3. Lift the rear portion of the seat cushion
and stand the rear seat cushion verti-
cally.
4. Insert the rear lap/shoulder belt plate
into the holder on the side trim. It will
prevent the lap/shoulder belt from
interfering with the seatback when
folding.
5. Pull up the rear seatback folding lever
and fold the seatback to the front a lit-
tle bit.
6. Remove the headrest from the rear
seatback
7. Fold the seatback firmly all the way.
8. Stow the headrest by inserting the
headrest poles into the holder.
OPB039019
OPB039020
OPB039021
OPB039022
OPB039023
Safety system of your vehicle
123
9. To use the rear seat, lift the seatback
and replace the headrest on the seat-
back.
10. Push the seatback firmly until it clicks
into place. Make sure the seatback is
locked in place.
11. Return the seat cushion to the origi-
nal position by pushing down the seat
cushion. Make sure the seat cushion
is locked in place.
12. Return the rear seat belt to the prop-
er position.
WARNING
When you return the rear seatback
to its upright position after being
folded down:
Be careful not to damage the seat
belt webbing or buckle. Do not
allow the seat belt webbing or
buckle to get caught or pinched in
the rear seat. Ensure that the seat-
back is completely locked into its
upright position by pushing on the
top of the seatback. Otherwise, in
an accident or sudden stop, the
seat could fold down and allow
cargo to enter the passenger com-
partment, which could result in
serious injury or death.
CAUTION - Rear seat belts
When returning the rear seatbacks
to the upright position, remember
to return the rear shoulder belts to
their proper position.
WARNING - Cargo
Cargo should always be secured to
prevent it from being thrown about
the vehicle in a collision and caus-
ing injury to the vehicle occupants.
Do not place objects in the rear
seats, since they cannot be proper-
ly secured and may hit the front
seat occupants in a collision.
WARNING - Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the
automatic transaxle is in P (Park)
and the parking brake is applied
whenever loading or unloading
cargo. Failure to take these steps
may allow the vehicle to move if the
shift lever is inadvertently moved to
another position.
313
Safety system of your vehicle
C020100AHM
Seat belt restraint system
SEAT BELTS
(Continued)
Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.
A twisted belt can't do its job as
well. In a collision, it could even
cut into you. Be sure the belt
webbing is straight and not twist-
ed.
Be careful not to damage the belt
webbing or hardware. If the belt
webbing or hardware is dam-
aged, replace it.
WARNING
Seat belts are designed to bear
upon the bony structure of the
body, and should be worn low
across the front of the pelvis or the
pelvis, chest and shoulders, as
applicable; wearing the lap section
of the belt across the abdominal
area must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection
for which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Care should be taken to avoid con-
tamination of the webbing with pol-
ishes, oils and chemicals and par-
ticularly battery acid. Cleaning may
safely be carried out using mild
soap and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes
frayed, contaminated or damaged.
It is essential to replace the entire
assembly after it has been worn in
a severe impact even if damage to
the assembly is not obvious. Belts
should not be worn with straps
twisted. Each belt assembly must
only be used by one occupant; it is
dangerous to put a belt around a
child being carried on the occu-
pant's lap.
WARNING
No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
will either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack, or prevent the seat
belt assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
WARNING
For maximum restraint system
protection, the seat belts must
always be used whenever the
vehicle is moving.
Seat belts are most effective
when seatbacks are in the
upright position.
Children age 12 and under must
always be properly restrained in
the rear seat. Never allow chil-
dren to ride in the front passen-
ger seat. If a child over 12 must
be seated in the front seat, he/she
must be properly belted and the
seat should be moved as far back
as possible.
Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back. An improperly positioned
shoulder belt can cause serious
injuries in a crash. The shoulder
belt should be positioned mid-
way over your shoulder across
your collarbone.
(Continued)
Safety system of your vehicle
143
C020101APB
Seat belt warning
Type A
As a reminder to the driver
, the seat belt
warning light will blink for approximately
6 seconds each time you turn the ignition
switch ON regardless of belt fastening.
If the drivers seat belt is unfastened after
the ignition switch is ON, the seat belt
warning light blinks again for approxi-
mately 6 seconds.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned ON or
if it is unfastened after the ignition switch
is ON, the seat belt warning chime will
sound for approximately 6 seconds. At
this time, if the seat belt is fastened, the
chime will stop at once. (if equipped)
Type B
Front
As a reminder to the driver and front pas-
senger, the drivers and front passen-
gers seat belt warning lights will illumi-
nate for approximately 6 seconds each
time you turn the ignition switch ON
regardless of belt fastening.
If the drivers or front passengers seat
belt is not fastened when the ignition
switch is turned ON or if it is disconnect-
ed after the ignition switch is turned ON,
the corresponding seat belt warning light
will illuminate until the belt is fastened.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
and you drive over 9km/h, the illuminated
warning light will start to blink until you
drive under 6km/h.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
and you drive over 20km/h the seat belt
warning chime will sound for approxi-
mately 100 seconds and the correspon-
ding warning light will blink.
NOTICE
You can find the front passengers
seat belt warning light on the center
fascia panel.
Although the front passenger seat is
not occupied, the seat belt warning
light will blink or illuminate for 6 sec-
onds.
The front passenger's seat belt warn-
ing may operate when luggage is
placed on the front passenger seat.
OPB039017R
1GQA2083
315
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear (if equipped)
If the ignition switch is turned ON(engine
is not running) when the rear passen-
ger's lap/shoulder belt is not fastened,
the corresponding seat belt warning light
will illuminate until the belt is fastened.
And then, the rear corresponding seat
belt warning light will illuminate for
approximately 35 seconds, if any of fol-
lowing occurs;
- You start the engine when the rear belt
is not fastened.
- You drive over 9km/h when the rear belt
is not fastened.
- The rear belt is disconnected when you
diver under 20km/h.
If the rear seat belt is fastened, the warn-
ing light will turn off immediately.
If the rear seat belt is disconnected when
you drive over the 20km/h, the corre-
sponding seat belt warning light will blink
and warning chime will sound for 35 sec-
onds.
But, if the rear passenger's lap/shoulder
belt is/are connected and disconnected
twice within 9 seconds after the belt is
fastened, the corresponding seat belt
warning light will not operate.
C020102APB
Lap/shoulder belt
To fasten your seat belt:
T
o fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into
the buckle (2). There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt por-
tion is adjusted manually so that it fits
snugly around your hips. If you lean for-
ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will
extend and let you move around. If there
is a sudden stop or impact, however, the
belt will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
B180A01NF-E
1
2
OPB039018R
Safety system of your vehicle
163
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the seat
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
belt out and release it. Then you will be
able to pull the belt out smoothly.
Height adjustment (if equipped)
You can adjust the height of the shoulder
belt anchor to one of the 3 (or 4) posi-
tions for maximum comfort and safety
.
If the height of the adjusting seat belt is
too near your neck, you will not be get-
ting the most effective protection. The
shoulder portion should be adjusted so
that it lies across your chest and midway
over your shoulder nearest the door and
not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster
into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).
To lower it, push it down (3) while press-
ing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has locked
into position.
WARNING
Verify the shoulder belt anchor is
locked into position at the appro-
priate height. Never position the
shoulder belt across your neck or
face. Improperly positioned seat
belts can cause serious injuries
in an accident.
Failure to replace seat belts after
an accident could leave you with
damaged seat belts that will not
provide protection in the event of
another collision leading to per-
sonal injury or death. Replace
your seat belts after being in an
accident as soon as possible.
OPB039025
317
Safety system of your vehicle
When using the rear center seat belt, the
buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be
used. (if equipped)
To release the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by pressing the
release button (1) in the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should auto-
matically draw back into the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the belt to
be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
B210A01NF
1
B200A01NF/H
WARNING
You should place the lap belt por-
tion as low as possible and snugly
across your hips, not on your
waist. If the lap belt is located too
high on your waist, it may increase
the chance of injury in the event of
a collision. Both arms should not
be under or over the belt. Rather,
one should be over and the other
under, as shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under the
arm that is near the door.
OPB039026
Safety system of your vehicle
183
C020200APB
Pre-tensioner seat belt
(if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and
front passenger's pre-tensioner seat
belts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner is
to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly
against the occupant's body in certain
frontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat
belts can be activated, where the frontal
collision is severe enough, together with
the air bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if
the occupant tries to lean forward too
quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock
into position. In certain frontal collisions,
the pre-tensioner will activate and pull
the seat belt into tighter contact against
the occupant's body.
If the system senses excessive seat belt
tension on the driver or passenger's seat
belt when the pre-tensioner activates,
the load limiter inside the pre-tensioner
will release some of the pressure on the
affected seat belt. (if equipped)
The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-
sists mainly of the following components.
Their locations are shown in the illustra-
tion:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3. SRS control module
OMG035300/H
1KMB3311A/H
319
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
Both the driver's and front passen-
ger's pre-tensioner seat belts will be
activated in certain frontal collisions.
When the pre-tensioner seat belts are
activated, a loud noise may be heard
and fine dust, which may appear to be
smoke, may be visible in the passenger
compartment. These are normal oper-
ating conditions and are not haz-
ardous.
Although it is harmless, the fine dust
may cause skin irritation and should
not be breathed for prolonged peri-
ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-
oughly after an accident in which the
pre-tensioner seat belts were activat-
ed.
NOTICE
Because the sensor that activates the
SRS air bag is connected with the pre-
tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag
warning light on the instrument panel
will illuminate for approximately 6 sec-
onds after the ignition switch has been
turned to the ON position, and then it
should turn off.
CAUTION
If the pre-tensioner seat belt does
not work properly, this warning
light will illuminate even if there is
no malfunction of the SRS air bag. If
the SRS air bag warning light does
not illuminate when the ignition
switch is turned to ON, or if it
remains illuminated after illuminat-
ing for approximately 6 seconds, or
if it illuminates while the vehicle is
being driven, please have an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect
the pre-tensioner seat belt or SRS
air bag system as soon as possible.
WARNING
To obtain maximum benefit from a
pre-tensioner seat belt:
1. The seatbelt must be worn cor-
rectly and adjusted to the proper
position. Please read and follow
all of the important information
and precautions about your vehi-
cle’s occupant safety features –
including seat belts and air bags
– that are provided in this manu-
al.
2. Be sure you and your passen-
gers always wear seat belts
properly.
Safety system of your vehicle
203
C020300AUN
Seat belt precautions
(Continued)
Do not attempt to service or
repair the pre-tensioner seat belt
system in any manner.
Improper handling of the pre-ten-
sioner seat belt assemblies, and
failure to heed the warnings not
to strike, modify, inspect, replace,
service or repair the pre-tension-
er seat belt assemblies may lead
to improper operation or inadver-
tent activation and serious injury.
Always wear the seat belts when
driving or riding in a motor vehi-
cle.
If the vehicle or pre-tensioner
seat belt must be discarded, con-
tact an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
er.
WARNING
All occupants of the vehicle must
wear their seat belts at all times.
Seat belts and child restraints
reduce the risk of serious or fatal
injuries for all occupants in the
event of a collision or sudden stop.
Without a seat belt, occupants
could be shifted too close to a
deploying air bag, strike the interior
structure or be thrown from the
vehicle. Properly worn seat belts
greatly reduce these hazards.
Always follow the precautions
about seat belts, air bags and occu-
pant seat contained in this manual.
WARNING
Pre-tensioners are designed to
operate only one time. After acti-
vation, pre-tensioner seat belts
must be replaced. All seat belts,
of any type, should always be
replaced after they have been
worn during a collision.
The pre-tensioner seat belt
assembly mechanisms become
hot during activation. Do not
touch the pre-tensioner seat belt
assemblies for several minutes
after they have been activated.
Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the pre-tensioner seat
belts yourself. This must be done
by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
er.
• Do not strike the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies.
(Continued)
321
Safety system of your vehicle
C020306AUN
Infant or small child
You should be aware of the specific
requirement
s in your country. Child
and/or infant seats must be properly
placed and installed in the rear seat. For
more information about the use of these
restraints, refer to “Child restraint sys-
tem” in this section.
NOTICE
Small children are best protected from
injury in an accident when properly
restrained in the rear seat by a child
restraint system that meets the require-
ments of the Safety Standards of your
country. Before buying any child
restraint system, make sure that it has a
label certifying that it meets Safety
Standards of your country. The restraint
must be appropriate for your child's
height and weight. Check the label on
the child restraint for this information.
Refer to “Child restraint system” in this
section.
C020301AHM
Larger children
Children who are too large for child
restraint systems should always occupy
the rear seat and use the available
lap/shoulder belt
s. The lap portion should
be fastened and snugged on the hips
and as low as possible. Check if the belt
fits periodically. A child's squirming could
put the belt out of position. Children are
given the most safety in the event of an
accident when they are restrained by a
proper restraint system in the rear seat. If
a larger child (over age 12) must be seat-
ed in the front seat, the child should be
securely restrained by the available
lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
placed in the rearmost position. Children
age 12 and under should be restrained
securely in the rear seat. NEVER place a
child age 12 and under in the front seat.
NEVER place a rear facing child seat in
the front seat of a vehicle.
WARNING
Every person in your vehicle needs
to be properly restrained at all
times, including infants and chil-
dren. Never hold a child in your
arms or lap when riding in a vehi-
cle. The violent forces created dur-
ing a crash will tear the child from
your arms and throw the child
against the interior. Always use a
child restraint appropriate for your
child's height and weight.
Safety system of your vehicle
223
If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-
es the child’s neck or face, try placing the
child closer to the center of the vehicle. If
the shoulder belt still touches their face
or neck they need to be returned to a
child restraint system.
C020302AUN
Pregnant women
The use of a seat belt is recommended
for pregnant women to lessen the
chance of injury in an accident. When a
seat belt is used, the lap belt portion
should be placed as low and snugly as
possible on the hip
s, not across the
abdomen. For specific recommenda-
tions, consult a physician.
C020303AUN
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary
, you should con-
sult a physician for recommendations.
C020304AUN
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
C020305APB
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve max-
imum ef
fectiveness of the restraint sys-
tem, all passengers should be sitting up
and the front seats should be in an
upright position when the vehicle is mov-
ing. A seat belt cannot provide proper pro-
tection if the person is lying down in the
rear seat or if the front seat is in a reclined
position.
WARNING - Shoulder belts
on small children
Never allow a shoulder belt to be
in contact with a child’s neck or
face while the vehicle is in
motion.
If seat belts are not properly worn
and adjusted on children, there is
a risk of death or serious injury.
323
Safety system of your vehicle
C020400AEN
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be dis-
assembled or modified. In addition, care
should be taken to assure that seat belts
and belt hardware are not damaged by
seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
C020401AEN
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected period-
ically for wear or damage of any kind.
Any damaged p
arts should be replaced
as soon as possible.
C020402AUN
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry.
If belt
s become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution
and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
detergents or abrasives should not be
used because they may damage and
weaken the fabric.
C020403AFD
When to replace seat belts
Entire in-use seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage
is visible.
Additional questions concern-
ing seat belt operation should be direct-
ed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
When you return the rear seatback
to its upright position after the rear
seatback has been folded down, be
careful not to damage the seat belt
webbing or buckle. Be sure that
the webbing or buckle does not get
caught or pinched in the rear seat.
A seat belt with damaged webbing
or buckle could possibly fail during
a collision or sudden stop, result-
ing in serious injury. If the webbing
or buckles are damaged, get them
replaced immediately.
WARNING
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a col-
lision or sudden stop. The protec-
tion of your restraint system (seat
belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seat.
Seat belts must be snugged against
your hips and chest to work prop-
erly. The more the seatback is
reclined, the greater the chance
that an occupant's hips will slide
under the lap belt causing serious
internal injuries or the occupant's
neck could strike the shoulder belt.
Drivers and passengers should
always sit well back in their seats,
properly belted, and with the seat-
backs upright.
Safety system of your vehicle
243
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
C030000BPB
Children riding in the vehicle should sit in
the rear seat and must always be prop-
erly restrained to minimize the risk of
injury in an accident, sudden stop or sud-
den maneuver. According to accident
statistics, children are safer when prop-
erly restrained in the rear seats than in
the front seat. Larger children who are
not in a child restraint should use one of
the seat belts provided.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country. Child
and/or infant safety seats must be prop-
erly placed and installed in the rear seat.
You must use a commercially available
child restraint system that meets the
requirements of the Safety Standards of
your country.
Child restraint systems are designed to
be secured in vehicle seats by the lap
belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a
tether anchor and/or ISOFIX anchors (if
equipped).
Children could be injured or killed in a
crash if their restraints are not properly
secured. For small children and babies, a
child seat or infant seat must be used.
Before buying a particular child restraint
system, make sure it fits your vehicle
seat and seat belts, and fits your child.
Follow all the instructions provided by the
manufacturer when installing the child
restraint system.
WARNING
A child restraint system must be
placed in the rear seat. Never
install a child or infant seat on the
front passenger's seat. Should an
accident occur and cause the
passenger side air bag to deploy,
it could severely injure or kill an
infant or child seated in an infant
or child seat. Thus only use a
child restraint in the rear seat of
your vehicle.
A seat belt or child restraint sys-
tem can become very hot if it is
left in a closed vehicle on a sunny
day, even if the outside tempera-
ture does not feel hot. Be sure to
check the seat cover and buckles
before placing a child there.
When the child restraint system
is not in use, store it in the lug-
gage area or fasten it with a seat
belt so that it will not be thrown
forward in the case of a sudden
stop or an accident.
Children may be seriously
injured or killed by an inflating air
bag. All children, even those too
large for child restraints, must
ride in the rear seat.
325
Safety system of your vehicle
(Continued)
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle – not even for a short
time. The car can heat up very
quickly, resulting in serious
injuries to children inside. Even
very young children may inadver-
tently cause the vehicle to move,
entangle themselves in the win-
dows, or lock themselves or oth-
ers inside the vehicle.
Never allow two children, or any
two persons, to use the same
seat belt.
Children often squirm and reposi-
tion themselves improperly.
Never let a child ride with the
shoulder belt under their arm or
behind their back. Always proper-
ly position and secure children in
the rear seat.
Never allow a child to stand-up or
kneel on the seat or floor of a
moving vehicle. During a colli-
sion or sudden stop, the child
can be violently thrown against
the vehicles interior, resulting in
serious injury.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Never use an infant carrier or a
child safety seat that "hooks"
over a seatback, it may not pro-
vide adequate security in an acci-
dent.
Seat belts can become very hot,
especially when the vehicle is
parked in direct sunlight. Always
check the seat belt buckles
before fastening them over a
child.
WARNING
To reduce the chance or serious or
fatal injuries:
Children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
A child riding in the front passen-
ger seat can be forcefully struck
by an inflating air bag resulting in
serious or fatal injuries.
Always follow the child restraint
system manufacturers instruc-
tions for installation and use of
the child restraint.
Always make sure the child seat
is secured properly in the vehicle
and your child is securely
restrained in the child seat.
Never hold a child in your arms or
lap when riding in a vehicle. The
violent forces created during a
crash will tear the child from your
arms and throw the child against
the vehicle’s interior.
Never put a seat belt over your-
self and a child. During a crash,
the belt could press deep into the
child causing serious internal
injuries.
(Continued)
Safety system of your vehicle
263
C030100AFD
Using a child restraint system
For small children and babies, the use of
a child seat or infant seat is required.
This child seat or infant seat should be of
appropriate size for the child and should
be installed in accordance with the man-
ufacturer's instructions.
For safety reasons, we recommend that
the child restraint system be used in the
rear seats.
WARNING - Child seat
installation
A child can be seriously injured
or killed in a collision if the child
restraint is not properly anchored
to the car and the child is not
properly restrained in the child
restraint. Before installing the
child restraint system, read the
instructions supplied by the child
restraint system manufacturer.
If the seat belt does not operate
as described in this section, have
the system checked immediately
by your authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Failure to observe this manual's
instructions regarding child
restraint system and the instruc-
tions provided with the child
restraint system could increase
the chance and/or severity of
injury in an accident.
WARNING
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger
seat, because of the danger that an
inflating passenger-side air bag
could impact the rear-facing child
restraint and kill the child.
CRS09
OUN026150
Rearward-facing child restraint system
Forward-facing child restraint system
327
Safety system of your vehicle
C030102AUN
Installing a child restraint system by
lap/shoulder belt
To install a child restraint system on the
outboard or center rear seat
s, do the fol-
lowing:
1. Place the child restraint system in the
seat and route the lap/shoulder belt
around or through the restraint, follow-
ing the restraint manufacturers
instructions. Be sure the seat belt
webbing is not twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into
the buckle. Listen for the distinct
“click” sound.
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.
3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the seat
belt to take up any slack. After installa-
tion of the child restraint system, try to
move it in all directions to be sure the
child restraint system is securely
installed.
If you need to tighten the belt, pull more
webbing toward the retractor. When you
unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to
retract, the retractor will automatically
revert back to its normal seated passen-
ger emergency locking usage condition.
OEN036104E2MS103005 OEN036101
Safety system of your vehicle
283
C030103AFD
Securing a child restraint seat with
“Tether Anchor” system
(if equipped)
Child restraint hook holders are located
on the floor behind the rear seat
s.
OPB039033
Seating position
Age group
0 : Up to 10 kg
UUU
(0 - 9 months)
0+ : Up to 13 kg
UUU
(0 - 2 years)
I : 9 kg to 18 kg
U
UU
(9 months - 4 years)
II & III : 15 kg to 36 kg
UUU
(4 - 12 years)
Front
passenger
Rear
outboard
Rear
center
C030105APB
Child seat restraint suitability for seat position using the seat belt - For Europe
Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your
children. When using the child safety seat
s, refer to the following table.
U : Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group
WARNING
We recommend that a child restraint seat be installed in the rear seat, even
if the front passenger's air bag ON/OFF switch is set to the OFF position. To
ensure the safety of your child, the front passengers air bag must be deacti-
vated when it should be necessary to install a child restraint seat on the front
passenger seat in exceptional circumstances.
329
Safety system of your vehicle
1. Route the child restraint seat strap
over the seatback.
For vehicles with adjustable headrest,
route the tether strap under the head-
rest and between the headrest posts,
otherwise route the tether strap over
the top of the seatback.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the
appropriate child restraint hook holder
and tighten to secure the seat.
WARNING - Child restraint
check
Check that the child restraint sys-
tem is secure by pushing and
pulling it in different directions.
Incorrectly fitted child restraints
may swing, twist, tip or separate
causing death or serious injury.
WARNING
- Child restraint anchorage
Child restraint anchorages are
designed to withstand only those
loads imposed by correctly fitted
child restraints. Under no circum-
stances are they to be used for
adult seat belts or harnesses or
for attaching other items or
equipment to the vehicle.
• The tether strap may not work
properly if attached somewhere
other than the correct tether
anchor.
2GHA3300L
WARNING - Tether strap
Never mount more than one child
restraint to a single tether or to a
single lower anchorage point. The
increased load caused by multiple
seats may cause the tethers or
anchorage points to break, causing
serious injury or death.
WARNING
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a collision if the child
restraint is not properly anchored
to the car and the child is not prop-
erly restrained in the child restraint.
Always follow the child seat manu-
facturers instructions for installa-
tion and use.
Safety system of your vehicle
303
C030104APB
Securing a child restraint system
with “ISOFIX” system and “Tether
Anchorage” system (if equipped)
ISOFIX is a standardised method of fit-
ting child seat
s that eliminates the need
to use the standard adult seat belt to
secure the seat in the vehicle. This
enables a much more secure and posi-
tive location with the added benefit of
easier and quicker installation.
An ISOFIX-seat can only be installed if it
has vehicle-specific approval in accor-
dance with the requirements of ECE-
R44.
ISOFIX tags are located on the lower
portion of each side of the rear seat-
backs. These tags indicate the position
of the lower anchors for child restraints.
On each side of the rear seat, between
the cushion and backrest, are located a
pair of ISOFIX anchorage points togeth-
er with a top tether mounting on the floor
behind the rear seats. During the instal-
lation, the seat has to be engaged at the
anchorage-points in a way you can hear
it clicking (check by pulling!) and has to
be fixed with the Top Tether-belt on the
belonging point on the floor behind the
rear seats.
The installing and the use of a child-seat
has to be done according to the
installing-manual, which is added to the
ISOFIX-seat.
OPB039035
1SAE3090A/H OPB039034
331
Safety system of your vehicle
To secure the child restraint seat
1. To engage the child restraint seat to
the ISOFIX anchor, insert the child
restraint seat latch into the ISOFIX
anchor. Listen for the audible “click”
sound.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the
child restraint hook holder and tighten
to secure the seat. (Refer to the previ-
ous page.)
(Continued)
In a crash, the child restraint seat
ISOFIX attachments may not be
strong enough to secure the
child restraint seat properly in
the center of the rear seat and
may break, causing serious
injury or death.
Do not mount more than one
child restraint to a child restraint
lower anchorage point. The
improper increased load may
cause the anchorage points or
tether anchor to break, causing
serious injury or death.
Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-com-
patible child restraint seat only to
the appropriate locations shown
in the illustration.
Always follow the installation and
use instructions provided by the
manufacturer of the child
restraint.
WARNING
Do not install a child restraint
seat at the center of the rear seat
using the vehicle's ISOFIX
anchors. The ISOFIX anchors are
only provided for the left and
right outboard rear seating posi-
tions. Do not misuse the ISOFIX
anchors by attempting to attach a
child restraint seat in the middle
of the rear seat to the ISOFIX
anchors.
(Continued)
WARNING
When using the vehicle's "ISOFIX"
system to install a child restraint
system in the rear seat, all unused
vehicle rear seat belt metal latch
plates or tabs must be latched
securely in their seat belt buckles
and the seat belt webbing must be
retracted behind the child restraint
to prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of unretracted seat
belts. Unlatched metal latch plates
or tabs may allow the child to reach
the unretracted seat belts which
may result in strangulation and a
serious injury or death to the child
in the child restraint.
CAUTION
Do not allow the rear seat belt web-
bing to get scratched or pinched by
the ISOFIX-seat latch and ISOFIX
anchor during the installation.
Safety system of your vehicle
323
F ISO/L1 - X X -
G ISO/L2 - X X -
E ISO/R1 - IUF IUF -
E ISO/R1 - IUF IUF -
D ISO/R2 - IUF IUF -
C ISO/R3 - X X -
D ISO/R2 - IUF IUF -
C ISO/R3 - X X -
B ISO/F2 - IUF IUF -
B1 ISO/F2X - IUF IUF -
A ISO/F3 - IUF IUF -
Rear Outboard
(Passenger side)
Rear Outboard
(Driver side)
Front Passenger
FixtureSize ClassMass Group
Carrycot
0 : UP to 10kg
0+ : UP to 13kg
I : 9 to 18kg
Rear Center
vehicle ISOFIX positions
IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems of
universal category approved for use in the mass group.
X = ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint sys-
tem in this mass group and/or this size class.
* Both ISO/R2 and ISO/R3 are able to be set up only at the
foremost position of the passenger seat.
* ISOFIX child restraint system size classes and fixtures
A - ISO/F3: Full-Height Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height
720mm)
B - ISO/F2: Reduced-Height Forward-Facing toddler CRS
(height 650mm)
B1 - ISO/F2X: Reduced-Height Second Version Back Surface
Shape Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height 650mm)
C - ISO/R3: Full-Size Rearward-Facing toddler CRS
D - ISO/R2: Reduced-Size Rearward-Facing toddler CRS
E - ISO/R1: Infant-Size Rearward-Facing CRS
F - ISO/L1: Left Lateral Facing position CRS (carry-cot)
G - ISO/L2: Right Lateral Facing position CRS (carry-cot)
C030106APB
Child seat restraint suitability for vehicle ISOFIX positions- For Europe
333
Safety system of your vehicle
C040000AUN
(1) Drivers air bag*
(2) Passengers air bag*
(3) Side impact air bag*
(4) Curtain air bag*
* : if equipped
AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
OPB039036R
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
WARNING
Even in vehicles with air bags, you
and your passengers must always
wear the safety belts provided in
order to minimize the risk and
severity of injury in the event of a
collision or rollover.
Safety system of your vehicle
343
C040900APB
How does the air bag system
operate
Air bags are activated (able to inflate if
necessary) only when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON or START
position.
Air bags inflate instantly in the event of
serious frontal or side collision (if
equipped with side air bag or curtain
air bag) in order to help protect the
occupants from serious physical injury.
There is no single speed at which the
air bags will inflate.
Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate by the severity of a collision and
its direction. These two factors deter-
mine whether the sensors produce an
electronic deployment/inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the densi-
ty and stiffness of the vehicles or
objects which your vehicle hits in the
collision. The determining, factors are
not limited to those mentioned above.
The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to see
the air bags inflate during an accident.
It is much more likely that you will sim-
ply see the deflated air bags hanging
out of their storage compartments after
the collision.
In order to help provide protection in a
severe collision, the air bags must
inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag
inflation is a consequence of extremely
short time in which a collision occurs
and the need to get the air bag
between the occupant and the vehicle
structures before the occupant impacts
those structures. This speed of inflation
reduces the risk of serious or life-
threatening injuries in a severe collision
and is thus a necessary part of air bag
design.
However, air bag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include facial
abrasions, bruises and broken bones
because the inflation speed also caus-
es the air bags to expand with a great
deal of force.
There are even circumstances
under which contact with the steer-
ing wheel air bag can cause fatal
injuries, especially if the occupant
is positioned excessively close to
the steering wheel.
WARNING
To avoid severe personal injury
or death caused by deploying air
bags in a collision, the driver
should sit as far back from the
steering wheel air bag as possi-
ble (at least 250 mm (10 inches)
away). The front passenger
should always move their seat as
far back as possible and sit back
in their seat.
• Air bag inflates instantly in an
event of a collision, passengers
may be injured by the air bag
expansion force if they are not in
a proper position.
Air bag inflation may cause
injuries including facial or bodily
abrasions, injuries from broken
glasses or burns.
335
Safety system of your vehicle
C040902APB
Noise and smoke
When the air bags inflate, they make a
loud noise and they leave smoke and
powder in the air inside of the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the igni-
tion of the air bag inflator
. After the air
bag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-
comfort in breathing due to the contact of
your chest to both the seat belt and the
air bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder. Open your doors
and/or windows as soon as possible
after the impact in order to reduce dis-
comfort and prevent prolonged expo-
sure to smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are non-
toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin
(eyes, nose and throat etc). If this is the
case, wash and rinse with the cold water
immediately and consult the doctor if the
symptom persists.
C040903AEN
Do not install a child restraint on a
front passengers seat
Never place a rear-facing child restraint
in the front p
assengers seat. If the air
bag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-
ing child restraint, causing serious or
fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing child
restraint in the front passenger’s seat
either. If the front passenger air bag
inflates, it would cause serious or fatal
injuries to the child.
1JBH3051
WARNING
When the air bags deploy, the air
bag related parts in the steering
wheel and/or instrument panel
and/or in both sides of the roof rails
above the front and rear doors are
very hot. To prevent injury, do not
touch the air bag storage area’s
internal components immediately
after an air bag has inflated.
Safety system of your vehicle
363
C041000AEN
Air bag warning light
The purpose of the air bag warning light
in your instrument panel is to alert you of
a potential problem with your air bag -
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
When the ignition switch is turned ON,
the indicator light should illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds, then go off.
Have the system checked if:
The light does not turn on briefly when
you turn the ignition ON.
The light stays on after illuminating for
approximately 6 seconds.
The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
C040100APB
SRS components and functions
The SRS consists of the following com-
ponents:
1. Driver's front air bag module*
2. Passenger's front air bag module*
3. Side impact air bag modules*
4. Curtain air bag modules*
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*
6. Air bag warning light*
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)*
8. Front impact sensors*
9. Side impact sensors*
10. Passengers front air bag OFF indi-
cator (front passenger's seat only)*
11. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
switch*
*: if equipped
WARNING
• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
rearward facing child restraint on
a seat protected by an air bag in
front of it!
Never put a child restraint in the
front passengers seat. If the
front passenger air bag inflates, it
can cause serious or fatal
injuries.
When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats of a vehicle
equipped with side and/or curtain
air bags, be sure to install the
child restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible,
and securely lock the child
restraint system in position.
Inflation of side and/or curtain air
bags could cause serious injury
W7-147
337
Safety system of your vehicle
The SRSCM continually monitors all
SRS components while the ignition
switch is ON to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require air
bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat
belt deployment.
The SRS air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will illuminate for about
6 seconds after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, after which the
air bag warning light should go out.
If any of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
inspect the air bag system as soon as
possible.
The light does not turn on briefly when
you turn the ignition ON.
The light stays on after illuminating for
approximately 6 seconds.
The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
The air bag modules are located both in
the center of the steering wheel and in
the front passenger's panel above the
glove box. When the SRSCM detects a
sufficiently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically deploy
the front air bags.
Upon deployment, tear seams molded
directly into the pad covers will separate
under pressure from the expansion of the
air bags. Further opening of the covers
then allows full inflation of the air bags.
B240B01L-R
Drivers front air bag (1)
B240B02L-R
Drivers front air bag (2)
Safety system of your vehicle
383
A fully inflated air bag, in combination
with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
driver's or the passenger's forward
motion, reducing the risk of head and
chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling the
driver to maintain forward visibility and
the ability to steer or operate other con-
trols.
B240B03L-R
Drivers front air bag (3)
WARNING
Do not install or place any acces-
sories (drink holder, cassette
holder, sticker, etc.) on the front
passenger's panel above the
glove box in a vehicle with a pas-
senger's air bag. Such objects
may become dangerous projec-
tiles and cause injury if the pas-
senger's air bag inflates.
When installing a container of liq-
uid air freshener inside the vehi-
cle, do not place it near the
instrument cluster nor on the
instrument panel surface.
It may become dangerous projec-
tiles and cause injury if the pas-
senger's air bag inflates.
B240B05L-R
Passengers front air bag
WARNING
If an air bag deploys, there may
be a loud noise followed by a fine
dust released in the vehicle.
These conditions are normal and
are not hazardous - the air bags
are packed in this fine powder.
The dust generated during air
bag deployment may cause skin
or eye irritation as well as aggra-
vate asthma for some persons.
Always wash all exposed skin
areas thoroughly with lukewarm
water and a mild soap after an
accident in which the air bags
were deployed.
(Continued)
339
Safety system of your vehicle
C040400APB
Driver's and passenger's front air
bag (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a
Supplemental Restraint (Air bag)
System. The indications of the system's
presence are the letters "AIR BAG"
embossed on the air bag pad cover on
the steering wheel and the passenger's
side front panel pad above the glove box.
The SRS consists of air bags installed
under the pad covers in the center of the
steering wheel and the passenger's side
front panel above the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front passen-
ger with additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt system alone in
case of a frontal impact of sufficient
severity.
(Continued)
The SRS can function only when
the ignition switch is in the ON
position. If the SRS air bag warn-
ing light does not illuminate, or
continuously remains on after
illuminating for about 6 seconds
when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, or after
the engine is started, comes on
while driving, the SRS is not
working properly. If this occurs,
have your vehicle immediately
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Before you replace a fuse or dis-
connect a battery terminal, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK
position and remove the ignition
key. Never remove or replace the
air bag related fuse(s) when the
ignition switch is in the ON posi-
tion. Failure to heed this warning
will cause the SRS air bag warn-
OPB039038R
Drivers front air bag
OPB039039R
Passengers front air bag
Safety system of your vehicle
403
(Continued)
Move your seat as far back as
practical from the front air bags,
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
You and your passengers should
never sit or lean unnecessarily
close to the air bags. Improperly
positioned drivers and passen-
gers can be severely injured by
inflating air bags.
• Never lean against the door or
center console – always sit in an
upright position.
Do not allow a passenger to ride
in the front seat when the pas-
sengers front air bag OFF indica-
tor is illuminated, because the air
bag will not deploy in the event of
a moderate or severe frontal
crash. (if equipped)
(Continued)
WARNING
Always use seat belts and child
restraints – every trip, every time,
everyone! Air bags inflate with
considerable force and in the blink
of an eye. Seat belts help keep
occupants in proper position to
obtain maximum benefit from the
air bag. Even with air bags,
improperly and unbelted occupants
can be severely injured when the
air bag inflates. Always follow the
precautions about seat belts, air
bags and occupant safety con-
tained in this manual.
To reduce the chance of serious or
fatal injuries and receive the maxi-
mum safety benefit from your
restraint system:
Never place a child in any child or
booster seat in the front seat.
ABC – Always Buckle Children in
the back seat. It is the safest
place for children of any age to
ride.
Front and side air bags can injure
occupants improperly positioned
in the front seats.
(Continued)
(Continued)
No objects should be placed over
or near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, and the front passenger's
panel above the glove box,
because any such object could
cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause
the air bags to deploy.
Do not tamper with or disconnect
SRS wiring or other components
of the SRS system. Doing so
could result in injury, due to acci-
dental deployment of the air bags
or by rendering the SRS inopera-
tive.
If the SRS air bag warning light
remains illuminated while the
vehicle is being driven, have an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer
inspect the air bag system as
soon as possible.
(Continued)
341
Safety system of your vehicle
OPA037039/H
1JBA3514/H
OED036104
Rear impact
Side impact
Rollover
(Continued)
Air bags can only be used once –
have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer replace the air bag imme-
diately after deployment.
The SRS is designed to deploy
the front air bags only when an
impact is sufficiently severe and
when the impact angle is less
than 30° from the forward longitu-
dinal axis of the vehicle.
Additionally, the air bags will only
deploy once. Seat belts must be
worn at all times.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-
impact or rollover crashes. In
addition, front air bags will not
deploy in frontal crashes below
the deployment threshold.
(Continued)
(Continued)
A child restraint system must
never be placed in the front seat.
The infant or child could be
severely injured or killed by an air
bag deployment in case of an
accident.
Children age 12 and under must
always be properly restrained in
the rear seat. Never allow chil-
dren to ride in the front passen-
ger seat. If a child over 12 must
be seated in the front seat, he or
she must be properly belted and
the seat should be moved as far
back as possible.
• For maximum safety protection
in all types of crashes, all occu-
pants including the driver should
always wear their seat belts
whether or not an air bag is also
provided at their seating position
to minimize the risk of severe
injury or death in the event of a
crash. Do not sit or lean unnec-
essarily close to the air bag while
the vehicle is in motion.
(Continued)
Safety system of your vehicle
423
C040501APA
Passengers front air bag ON/OFF
switch (if equipped)
If a child restraint should be installed on
the front p
assengers seat or if the front
passenger’s seat is unoccupied by a per-
son, turn the passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch to the OFF position. The
passenger’s front air bag will be deacti-
vated.
To ensure the safety of your child, the
passenger’s front air bag must be deacti-
vated when it is necessary to install a
rearward facing child seat on the front
passenger seat in exceptional circum-
stances.
To deactivate or reactivate the passen-
ger’s front air bag:
To deactivate the passenger’s front air
bag, insert the master key into the pas-
sengers front air bag ON/OFF switch
and turn it to the OFF position. The pas-
sengers front air bag OFF indicator will
illuminate and stay on until the passen-
gers front air bag is reactivated.
To reactivate the passenger’s front air
bag, insert the master key into the pas-
sengers front air bag ON/OFF switch
and turn it to the ON position. The pas-
sengers front air bag OFF indicator will
go out.
(Continued)
Sitting improperly or out of posi-
tion can result in serious or fatal
injury in a crash. All occupants
should sit upright with the seat
back in an upright position, cen-
tered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfort-
ably extended and their feet on
the floor until the vehicle is
parked and the ignition key is
removed.
The SRS air bag system must
deploy very rapidly to provide
protection in a crash. If an occu-
pant is out of position because of
not wearing a seat belt, the air
bag may forcefully contact the
occupant causing serious or fatal
injuries.
OPB039051R OPB039041
343
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
• When the passengers front air bag
ON/OFF switch is set to the ON posi-
tion, the passenger’s front air bag acti-
vates so a child or infant seat should
not be installed on the front passenger
seat.
• When the passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch is set to the OFF posi-
tion, the passenger’s front air bag is
deactivated.
Passenger’s front air bag OFF indicator
(if equipped)
The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-
cator illuminates for about 4 seconds
after the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position.
The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-
cator also comes on when the passen-
gers front air bag ON/OFF switch is set
to the OFF position and goes off when
the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
switch is set to the ON position.
CAUTION
If the passengers front air bag
ON/OFF switch does not work
properly, the air bag warning light
on the instrument panel will illu-
minate.
And, the passenger's front air bag
OFF indicator will not illuminate,
the SRS Control Module reacti-
vates the passengers front air
bag and the passengers front air
bag will inflate in frontal impact
crashes even if the passengers
front air bag ON/OFF switch is set
to the OFF position.
(Continued)
(Continued)
If this occurs, have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pas-
sengers front air bag ON/OFF
switch, the pre-tensioner seat
belt system and the SRS air bag
system as soon as possible.
If the SRS air bag warning light
does not illuminate when the igni-
tion switch is turned to the ON
position, or if it illuminates while
the vehicle is being driven, have
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
inspect the passengers front air
bag ON/OFF switch, pre-tension-
er seat belt and the SRS air bag
system as soon as possible.
WARNING
The front air bag ON/OFF switch
could turn by using a similar small
rigid device. Always check the sta-
tus of the front air bag ON/OFF
switch and passenger's front air
bag OFF indicator.
Safety system of your vehicle
443
(Continued)
Even though your vehicle is
equipped with the passenger's
front air bag ON/OFF switch, do
not install a child restraint sys-
tem in the front passenger's seat.
A child restraint system must
never be placed in the front seat.
Children who are too large for
child restraint systems should
always occupy the rear seat and
use the available lap/shoulder
belts. Children are given the most
safety in the event of an accident
when they are restrained by a
proper restraint system in the
rear seat.
As soon as the child seat is no
longer needed on the front pas-
senger's seat, reactivate the front
passenger's air bag.
WARNING
The driver is responsible for the
proper position of the passen-
gers front air bag ON/OFF switch.
Deactivate the passenger's front
air bag only when the ignition
switch is switched off, or mal-
function may occur in the SRS
Control Module.
And there may be a danger that
the driver's and/or front passen-
gers and/or side and curtain air
bag may fail to trigger, or not trig-
ger correctly during a collision.
Never install a rearward facing
child seat on the front passen-
ger's seat unless the passenger's
front air bag has been deactivat-
ed. The infant or child could be
severely injured or killed by an air
bag deployment in case of an
accident.
(Continued)
WARNING
The passengers front air bag is
much larger than the steering
wheel air bag and inflates with
considerably more force. It can
seriously hurt or kill a passenger
who is not in the proper position
and wearing the seat belt proper-
ly. The front passengers should
always move their seat as far
back as possible and sit back in
their seat.
It is essential that the front pas-
sengers always wear their seat
belts when the vehicle is in
motion, even when the vehicle is
moving in a parking lot or up a
driveway into garage.
(Continued)
345
Safety system of your vehicle
C040600APB
Side impact air bag (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
impact air bag in each front seat. The
purpose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front passen-
ger with additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt alone.
OPB039042
OED036107
(Continued)
If a driver brakes the vehicle
heavily in urgent situations,
occupants will be thrown for-
ward. If front passengers are not
wearing the seat belts, they will
be directly in front of the air bags
when inflation occurs. In that sit-
uation, severe injury or death is
possible.
Never allow a front passenger to
put their hands or feet on the
instrument panel or put their face
close to the instrument panel.
The air bag will impact the front
passenger when it inflates.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Never allow children/elder
and feeble persons/pregnant
women to sit on the front passen-
gers seat. Do not put child
restraint system on the front pas-
sengers seat either. They may be
seriously injured by the air bag
inflation when the air bag
deploys.
Do not put objects or stickers on
the instrument panel. Do not
apply any accessory on the front
windshield glass or do not install
aftermarket mirrors or acces-
sories on the factory installed
rearview mirror. These may inter-
fere with the deployment of air
bag inflation or could hit your
body at high speed and cause
severe bodily injury and even
death.
Safety system of your vehicle
463
The side impact air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash sever-
ity, angle, speed and point of impact. The
side impact air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact situations.
(Continued)
Do not install any accessories on
the side or near the side impact
air bag.
Do not place any objects over the
air bag or between the air bag
and yourself.
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dan-
gerous projectiles and cause
injury if the supplemental side
impact air bag inflates.
To prevent unexpected deploy-
ment of the side impact air bag
that may result in personal injury,
avoid impact to the side impact
sensor when the ignition switch
is on.
If seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Inform that your
vehicle is equipped with side
impact air bags.
WARNING
The side impact air bag is supple-
mental to the driver's and the
passenger's seat belt systems
and is not a substitute for them.
Therefore your seat belts must be
worn at all times while the vehicle
is in motion. The air bags deploy
only in certain side impact condi-
tions severe enough to cause
significant injury to the vehicle
occupants.
For best protection from the side
impact air bag system and to
avoid being injured by the
deploying side impact air bag,
both front seat occupants should
sit in an upright position with the
seat belt properly fastened. The
driver's hands should be placed
on the steering wheel at 9:00 and
3:00 positions. The passenger's
arms and hands should be
placed on their laps.
Never place accessory seat cov-
ers, blankets or aftermarket seat
warmers on the passenger seat
as these may interfere with the
side impact air bag deployment.
(Continued)
347
Safety system of your vehicle
C040700APB
Curtain air bag (if equipped)
Curtain air bags are located along both
sides of the roof rails above the front and
rear doors.
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants and
the rear outboard seat occupants in cer-
tain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash sever-
ity, angle, speed and impact. The curtain
air bags are not designed to deploy in all
side impact situations, collisions from the
front or rear of the vehicle or in most
rollover situations.
WARNING
In order for side impact and cur-
tain air bags to provide its best
protection, both front seat occu-
pants and both outboard rear
occupants should sit in an
upright position with the seat
belts properly fastened.
Importantly, children should sit in
a proper child restraint system in
the rear seat.
When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats, they must be
seated in the proper child
restraint system. Make sure to
put the child restraint system as
far away from the door side as
possible, and secure the child
restraint system in a locked posi-
tion.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Do not allow the passengers to
lean their heads or bodies onto
doors, put their arms on the
doors, stretch their arms out of
the window, or place objects
between the doors and passen-
gers when they are seated on
seats equipped with side and/or
curtain air bags.
Never try to open or repair any
components of the side curtain
air bag system. This should only
be done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Failure to follow the above men-
tioned instructions can result in
injury or death to the vehicle occu-
pants in an accident.
OPB039024
OUN026090
Safety system of your vehicle
483
C040800APA
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional protec-
tion.
These include rear impacts, second or
third collisions in multiple impact
accidents, as well as low speed
impacts. In other words, just because
your vehicle is damaged and even if it
is totally unusable, don’t be surprised
that the air bags did not inflate.
Air bag collision sensors
(1) SRS control module*
(2)
Front impact sensor*
* : if equipped
(3) Side impact sensor*
OPB039044R/OPB039045/H/OPB039046/H/OPB039047/H
349
Safety system of your vehicle
C040801APB
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate in a
front
al collision depending on the intensi-
ty, speed or angles of impact of the front
collision.
WARNING
Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air bag
or sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air
bag deployment, which could
result in serious personal injury
or death.
If the installation location or
angle of the sensors is altered in
any way, the air bags may deploy
when they should not or they
may not deploy when they
should, causing severe injury or
death.
Therefore, do not try to perform
maintenance on or around the air
bag sensors. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(Continued)
Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed
due to the deformation of the
front bumper, body or B pillar
where side collision sensors are
installed. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Your vehicle has been designed
to absorb impact and deploy the
air bag(s) in certain collisions.
Installing bumper guards or
replacing a bumper with non-
genuine parts may adversely
affect your vehicles collision and
air bag deployment performance.
OPA037040/H
Safety system of your vehicle
503
Side air bags (if equipped)
Side air bags (side impact and/or curtain
air bags) are designed to inflate when an
impact is detected by side collision sen-
sors depending on the strength, speed or
angles of impact resulting from a side
impact collision.
Although the front air bags (drivers and
front passenger’s air bags) are designed
to inflate only in frontal collisions, they
also may inflate in other types of colli-
sions if the front impact sensors detect a
sufficient impact. Side air bags (side
impact and/or curtain air bags) are
designed to inflate only in side impact
collisions, but they may inflate in other
collisions if the side impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on
unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
C040802APB
Air bag non-inflation conditions
In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy
. The air bags are
designed not to deploy in such cases
because they may not provide benefits
beyond the protection of the seat belts
in such collisions.
OSA038120
OUN026090
OPA037041/H
351
Safety system of your vehicle
Front air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because occu-
pants are moved backward by the
force of the impact. In this case, inflat-
ed air bags would not be able to pro-
vide any additional benefit.
Front air bags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occupants
move to the direction of the collision,
and thus in side impacts, front air bag
deployment would not provide addi-
tional occupant protection.
However, if equipped with side impact
or curtain air bags, the air bags may
inflate depending on the intensity, vehi-
cle speed and angles of impact.
In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in a
direction where the air bags would not
be able to provide any additional ben-
efit, and thus the sensors may not
deploy any air bags.
1JBA3521/HOSA038121/HOPA037042/H
Safety system of your vehicle
523
Just before impact, drivers often brake
heavily. Such heavy braking lowers
the front portion of the vehicle causing
it to “ride” under a vehicle with a high-
er ground clearance. Air bags may not
inflate in this "under-ride" situation
because deceleration forces that are
detected by sensors may be signifi-
cantly replaced by such “under-ride”
collisions.
• Air bags may not inflate in rollover
accidents because air bag deployment
would not provide protection to the
occupants.
However, side impact and/or curtain air
bags may inflate when the vehicle is
rolled over by a side impact collision, if
the vehicle is equipped with side
impact and curtain air bags.
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility
poles or trees, where the point of
impact is concentrated to one area and
the full force of the impact is not deliv-
ered to the sensors.
1JBA3522 OSA038122/HOPA037043/H
353
Safety system of your vehicle
C041100APB
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free
and so there are no parts you can safely
service by yourself. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not illuminate, or con-
tinuously remains on, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such as
removing, installing, repairing, or any
work on the steering wheel must be per-
formed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
er. Improper handling of the SRS system
may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
Modification to SRS components
or wiring, including the addition
of any kind of badges to the pad
covers or modifications to the
body structure, can adversely
affect SRS performance and lead
to possible injury.
For cleaning the air bag pad cov-
ers, use only a soft, dry cloth or
one which has been moistened
with plain water. Solvents or
cleaners could adversely affect
the air bag covers and proper
deployment of the system.
No objects should be placed over
or near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, and the front passenger's
panel above the glove box,
because any such object could
cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause
the air bags to inflate.
(Continued)
(Continued)
If the air bags inflate, they must
be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not tamper with or disconnect
SRS wiring, or other components
of the SRS system. Doing so
could result in injury, due to acci-
dental inflation of the air bags or
by rendering the SRS inopera-
tive.
If components of the air bag sys-
tem must be discarded, or if the
vehicle must be scrapped, certain
safety precautions must be
observed. An authorized
HYUNDAI dealer knows these
precautions and can give you the
necessary information. Failure to
follow these precautions and pro-
cedures could increase the risk
of personal injury.
If your vehicle was flooded and
has soaked carpeting or water on
the floor, you shouldn't try to
start the engine; have the car
towed to an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Safety system of your vehicle
543
C041300AUN
Additional safety precautions
Never let passengers ride in the
cargo area or on top of a folded-
down back seat. All occupants should
sit upright, fully back in their seats with
their seat belts on and their feet on the
floor.
Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not wear-
ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-
gency stop can be thrown against the
inside of the vehicle, against other
occupants, or out of the vehicle.
Each seat belt is designed to
restrain one occupant. If more than
one person uses the same seat belt,
they could be seriously injured or killed
in a collision.
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts. Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the seat
belt can reduce the protection provided
by the seat belt and increase the
chance of serious injury in a crash.
Passengers should not place hard
or sharp objects between them-
selves and the air bags. Carrying
hard or sharp objects on your lap or in
your mouth can result in injuries if an
air bag inflates.
Keep occupants away from the air
bag covers. All occupants should sit
upright, fully back in their seats with
their seat belts on and their feet on the
floor. If occupants are too close to the
air bag covers, they could be injured if
the air bags inflate.
Do not attach or place objects on or
near the air bag covers. Any object
attached to or placed on the front or
side air bag covers could interfere with
the proper operation of the air bags.
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the sup-
plemental restraint system sensing
components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front
seats could interfere with the operation
of the supplemental restraint system
sensing components and wiring har-
nesses.
Never hold an infant or child on
your lap. The infant or child could be
seriously injured or killed in the event
of a crash. All infants and children
should be properly restrained in appro-
priate child safety seats or seat belts in
the rear seat.
C041400AUN
Adding equipment to or modify-
ing your air bag-equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle's air bag system.
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of posi-
tion can cause occupants to be
shifted too close to a deploying
air bag, strike the interior struc-
ture or be thrown from the vehi-
cle resulting in serious injury or
death.
Always sit upright with the seat-
back in an upright position, cen-
tered on the seat cushion with
your seat belt on, legs comfort-
ably extended and your feet on
the floor.
355
Safety system of your vehicle
C041200AHM
Air bag warning label
(if equipped)
Air bag warning label is attached to alert
the driver and passengers of the poten-
tial risk of the air bag system.
Note that these government warnings
focus on the risk of children. We also
want you to be aware of the risks which
adults are exposed to that have been
described in previous pages.
OPB039049
4
Keys / 4-2
Remote keyless entry / 4-5
Theft-alarm system / 4-7
Door locks / 4-9
Tailgate / 4-13
Windows / 4-14
Hood / 4-19
Fuel filler lid / 4-21
Sunroof / 4-24
Steering wheel / 4-28
Mirrors / 4-30
Instrument cluster / 4-34
Hazard warning flasher / 4-51
Lighting / 4-52
Wipers and washers / 4-57
Interior light / 4-60
Defroster / 4-63
Manual climate control system / 4-64
Automatic climate control system / 4-72
Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-79
Storage compartment / 4-81
Interior features / 4-84
Audio system / 4-89
Features of your vehicle
Features of your vehicle
24
D010100AFD
Record your key number
The key code number is stamped on the
bar code tag attached to the key set.
Should you lose your keys, this number
will enable an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer to duplicate the keys easily.
Remove the bar code tag and store it in
a safe place. Also, record the code num-
ber and keep it in a safe and handy
place, but not in the vehicle.
D010200APB
Key operations
Used to start the engine.
Used to lock and unlock the doors (or
tailgate).
KEYS
WARNING - Ignition key
Leaving children unattended in a
vehicle with the ignition key is dan-
gerous even if the key is not in the
ignition switch. Children copy
adults and they could place the key
in the ignition switch. The ignition
key would enable children to oper-
ate power windows or other con-
trols, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in serious
bodily injury or even death. Never
leave the keys in your vehicle with
unsupervised children.
OFD047001
WARNING
Use only HYUNDAI original parts
for the ignition key in your vehicle.
If an aftermarket key is used, the
ignition switch may not return to
ON after START. If this happens,
the starter will continue to operate
causing damage to the starter
motor and possible fire due to
excessive current in the wiring.
OFD047002-A
OPB049001
Type B
Type A
43
Features of your vehicle
D010300APB
Immobilizer system (if equipped)
Your vehicle may be equipped with an
electronic engine immobilizer system to
reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle
use.
Your immobilizer system is comprised of
a small transponder in the ignition key
and electronic devices inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, whenever
you insert your ignition key into the igni-
tion switch and turn it to ON, it checks
and determines and verifies if the ignition
key is valid or not.
If the key is determined to be valid, the
engine will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid, the
engine will not start.
To deactivate the immobilizer sys-
tem:
Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-
der and turn it to the ON position.
To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.
The immobilizer system activates auto-
matically
. Without a valid ignition key for
your vehicle, the engine will not start.
NOTICE
When starting the engine, do not use the
key with other immobilizer keys around.
Otherwise the engine may not start or
may stop soon after it starts. Keep each
key separate in order to avoid a starting
malfunction.
NOTICE
If you need additional keys or lose your
keys, consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
OFD047001-B
CAUTION
Do not put metal accessories near
the ignition switch.
Metal accessories may interrupt the
transponder signal and may pre-
vent the engine from starting.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
immobilizer password is a cus-
tomer unique password and should
be kept confidential. Do not leave
this number anywhere in your vehi-
cle.
Features of your vehicle
44
CAUTION
The transponder in your ignition
key is an important part of the
immobilizer system. It is designed
to give years of trouble-free serv-
ice, however you should avoid
exposure to moisture, static elec-
tricity and rough handling.
Immobilizer system malfunction
could occur.
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust the
immobilizer system because it
could cause the immobilizer sys-
tem to malfunction and should only
be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifi-
cations to the immobilizer system
are not covered by your vehicle
manufacturer warranty.
45
Features of your vehicle
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)
Remote keyless entry system
operations
D020101APB
Lock (1)
All doors (and tailgate) are locked if the
lock button is pressed.
If all doors (and t
ailgate) are closed, the
hazard warning lights blink once to indi-
cate that all doors are locked.
However, if any door (and tailgate)
remains open, the hazard warning lights
will not operate. If all doors (and tailgate)
are closed after the lock button is
pressed, the hazard warning lights will
blink once.
D020102APB
Unlock (2)
All doors (and tailgate) are unlocked if
the unlock button is pressed.
The hazard warning light
s will blink twice
to indicate that all doors (and tailgate)
are unlocked.
After pressing this button, the doors (and
tailgate) will lock automatically unless
you open any door within 30 seconds.
D020104APB
Tailgate unlock (3)
The tailgate is unlocked if the button is
pressed (for more than 1 second).
The hazard warning light
s will blink twice
to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked.
After pressing this button, the tailgate will
lock automatically unless you open the
tailgate within 30 seconds.
Also, if the doors are locked and
unlocked with the transmitter while all
doors (and tailgate) are closed, and the
tailgate is opened within 30seconds and
then closed the tailgate will lock automat-
ically. The hazard warning lights will blink
once to indicate that the tailgate is
locked.
D020200APB
Transmitter precautions
NOTICE
The transmitter will not work if any of
following occurs:
The ignition key is in the ignition
switch.
You exceed the operating distance
limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).
The battery in the transmitter is
weak.
Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
The weather is extremely cold.
• The transmitter is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the transmitter.
When the transmitter does not work
correctly, open and close the door with
the ignition key. If you have a problem
with the transmitter, contact an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Keep the transmitter away from
water or any liquid. If the keyless
entry system is inoperative due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will
not be covered by your manufactur-
ers vehicle warranty.
OPB049002
Features of your vehicle
64
D020300APB
Battery replacement
The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat-
tery which will normally last for several
years. When replacement is necessary,
use the following procedure.
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-
tly pry open the transmitter center
cover (1).
2. Replace the battery with a new one.
When replacing the battery, make sure
the battery positive “+” symbol faces
up as indicated in the illustration.
3. Install the battery in the reverse order
of removal.
For transmitter replacement, see an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer to repro-
gram the transmitter.
CAUTION
The keyless entry system trans-
mitter is designed to give you
years of trouble-free use, howev-
er it can malfunction if exposed to
moisture or static electricity. If
you are unsure how to use your
transmitter or replace the battery,
contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Using the wrong battery can
cause the transmitter to malfunc-
tion. Be sure to use the correct
battery.
To avoid damaging the transmit-
ter, don't drop it, get it wet, or
expose it to heat or sunlight.
An inappropriately disposed bat-
tery can be harmful to the envi-
ronment and human health.
Dispose the battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
OFD047003
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the users authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to
changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance, it will
not be covered by your manufactur-
ers vehicle warranty.
47
Features of your vehicle
D030000APB
This system is designed to provide pro-
tection from unauthorized entry into the
car. This system is operated in three
stages: the first is the "Armed" stage, the
second is the "Theft-alarm" stage, and
the third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-
gered, the system provides an audible
alarm with the hazard warning light blink-
ing.
D030100APB
Armed stage
Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
Arm the system as described below.
1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-
tion switch and exit the vehicle.
2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate)
and the engine hood are closed and
latched.
3. Lock the doors using the transmitter of
the keyless entry system.
After completion of the steps above, the
hazard warning lights will blink once to
indicate that the system is armed.
If any door (or tailgate) or engine hood
remains open, the hazard warning lights
will not operate and the theft-alarm will
not arm. If all doors (and tailgate) and
engine hood are closed after the lock
button is pressed, the hazard warning
lights will blink once.
Do not arm the system until all pas-
sengers have left the vehicle. If the
system is armed while a passenger(s)
remains in the vehicle, the alarm may
be activated when the remaining pas-
senger(s) leave the vehicle. If any
door (or tailgate) or engine hood is
opened within 30 seconds after the
system enters the armed stage, the
system is disarmed to prevent unnec-
essary alarm.
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Armed
stage
Theft-alarm
stage
Disarmed
stage
Features of your vehicle
84
D030200APB
Theft-alarm stage
The alarm will be activated if any of the
following occurs while the system is
armed.
A front or rear door is opened without
using the transmitter.
The tailgate is opened without using
the transmitter.
The engine hood is opened.
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously for
approximately 27 seconds, unless the
system is disarmed. To turn off the sys-
tem, unlock the doors with the transmit-
ter.
D030400APB
Disarmed stage
The system will be disarmed if any of the
following occurs.
The unlock button on the transmitter is
pressed. But if any door (or tailgate) is
not opened within 30 seconds, the sys-
tem will be rearmed.
The lock button on the transmitter is
pressed, when a door (or tailgate) is
opened.
The hazard warning lights will blink twice
to indicate that the system is disarmed.
NOTICE - Non-immobilizer
system
Avoid trying to start the engine while
the alarm is activated. The vehicle
starting motor is disabled during the
theft-alarm stage.
If the system is not disarmed with the
transmitter, insert the key into the
ignition switch, turn the ignition
switch to the ON position and wait for
30 seconds. Then the system will be
disarmed.
• If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE - Immobilizer system
If the system is not disarmed with the
transmitter, insert the key into the
ignition switch and start the engine.
Then the system will be disarmed.
• If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
49
Features of your vehicle
D050100APB
Operating door locks from out-
side the vehicle
Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to unlock and toward the front
of the vehicle to lock.
If you lock/unlock the drivers (or pas-
sengers) door with a key, all vehicle
doors will lock/unlock automatically. (if
equipped with central door lock sys-
tem)
Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter (if
equipped).
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the door
by hand. Make sure that doors are
closed securely.
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
If the door is locked/unlocked multi-
ple times in rapid succession with
either the vehicle key or door lock
switch, the system may stop operating
temporarily in order to protect the
circuit and prevent damage to system
components.
To lock a door without the key, push the
inside door lock button (1) to the “Lock”
position and close the door (2). (if not
equipped with central door lock system)
NOTICE
The central door lock system will oper-
ate only when all doors and tailgate are
closed.
NOTICE
Always remove the ignition key, engage
the parking brake, close all windows
and lock all doors when leaving your
vehicle unattended.
DOOR LOCKS
OPB049010/H
Lock
Unlock
OPB049011R
Features of your vehicle
104
Operating door locks from inside
the vehicle
D050201APB
With the door lock button
To unlock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Unlock” position.
The
red mark (2) on the button will be visi-
ble.
To lock a door, push the door lock but-
ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the
door is locked properly, the red mark
(2) on the door lock button will not be
visible.
To open a door, pull the door handle
(3) outward.
Pushing the driver's (or passenger’s)
door lock button (1) to the "Lock" or
"Unlock" position will lock or unlock all
vehicle doors. (if equipped with central
door lock system)
If the inner door handle of the front
door is pulled when the door lock but-
ton is in the lock position, the button
will unlock and the door will open. (if
equipped)
The drivers (or passengers) doors
cannot be locked if any door (or tail-
gate) is opened. (if equipped)
NOTICE
The central door lock system will oper-
ate only when all doors and tailgate are
closed.
OPB049012R
Lock
Unlock
WARNING - Door lock mal-
function
If a power door lock ever fails to
function while you are in the vehi-
cle, try one or more of the following
techniques to exit:
Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from out-
side.
WARNING - Doors
The doors should always be fully
closed and locked while the vehi-
cle is in motion to prevent acci-
dental opening of the door.
Locked doors will also discour-
age potential intruders when the
vehicle stops or slows.
Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motorcy-
cles, bicycles or pedestrians
approaching the vehicle in the
path of the door. Opening a door
when something is approaching
can cause damage or injury.
411
Features of your vehicle
D050300AHM
Impact sensing door unlock sys-
tem (if equipped)
All doors will automatically unlock when
an impact causes the air bags to deploy.
D050400APB
NOTICE
An authorized HYUNDAI dealer can
select some auto door lock/unlock fea-
tures as follows;
Speed sensing auto door lock
Auto door unlock when the ignition
key is removed from the ignition
switch
If you want this feature, consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
D050600APB
Deadlock system (if equipped)
Some vehicles are equipped with a
deadlocking system. Deadlocks prevent
opening a door from either inside or out-
side the vehicle once the deadlocks have
been activated providing an additional
measure of vehicle security.
To lock the vehicle using the deadlock
function, the doors must be locked using
the key or the Remote Keyless Entry
transmitter. To unlock the vehicle, the
key or the transmitter must be used
again.
To lock a vehicle without using the dead-
lock function, the doors should be locked
by pressing the door lock button and
closing the doors.
WARNING - Unlocked
vehicles
Leaving your vehicle unlocked can
invite theft or possible harm to you
or others from someone hiding in
your vehicle while you are gone.
Always remove the ignition key,
engage the parking brake, close all
windows and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
WARNING - Unattended
children
An enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended chil-
dren or animals who cannot escape
the vehicle. Furthermore, children
might operate features of the vehi-
cle that could injure them, or they
could encounter other harm, possi-
bly from someone gaining entry to
the vehicle. Never leave children or
animals unattended in your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not lock the doors with the key
or the transmitter with anybody left
in the vehicle. The passenger in the
vehicle cannot unlock the doors
with the door lock button. For
example, if the door is locked with
the transmitter, the passenger in
the vehicle cannot unlock the door
without the transmitter.
Features of your vehicle
124
D050500AEN
Child-protector rear door lock
The child safety lock is provided to help
prevent children from accidentally open-
ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.
The rear door safety locks should be
used whenever children are in the vehi-
cle.
1. Open the rear door.
2. Push the child safety lock located on
the rear edge of the door to the lock
position. When the child safety lock is
in the lock position, the rear door will
not open even though the inner door
handle (2) is pulled.
3. Close the rear door.
To open the rear door, pull the outside
door handle (1).
Even though the doors may be unlocked,
the rear door will not open by pulling the
inner door handle (2) until the rear door
child safety lock is unlocked.
WARNING - Rear door
locks
If children accidentally open the
rear doors while the vehicle is in
motion, they could fall out and be
severely injured or killed. To pre-
vent children from opening the rear
doors from the inside, the rear door
safety locks should be used when-
ever children are in the vehicle.
OPB049013
413
Features of your vehicle
D070100APB
Opening the tailgate
The tailgate is locked or unlocked by
turning the key to the "Lock" or
"Unlock" position. (if equipped)
The tailgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or unlocked
with the key, transmitter or driver's (or
passenger’s) door lock button. (if
equipped with central door lock sys-
tem)
If unlocked, the tailgate can be opened
by pulling up the handle.
NOTICE
The central door lock system will oper-
ate only when all doors and tailgate are
closed.
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock and
door mechanisms may not work proper-
ly due to freezing conditions.
D070200APB
Closing the tailgate
To close the tailgate, lower and push
down the tailgate firmly. Make sure that
the tailgate is securely latched.
TAILGATE
OPB049014
WARNING
The tailgate swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are near
the rear of the vehicle when open-
ing the tailgate.
CAUTION
Make certain that you close the tail-
gate before driving your vehicle.
Possible damage may occur to the
tailgate lift cylinders and attaching
hardware if the tailgate is not
closed prior to driving.
WARNING - Exhaust
fumes
If you drive with the tailgate
opened, you will draw dangerous
exhaust fumes into your vehicle
which can cause serious injury or
death to vehicle occupants.
If you must drive with the tailgate
opened, keep the air vents and all
windows open so that additional
outside air comes into the vehicle.
WARNING - Rear cargo
area
Occupants should never ride in the
rear cargo area where no restraints
are available. To avoid injury in the
event of an accident or sudden
stops, occupants should always be
properly restrained.
Features of your vehicle
144
D080000APB-EA
(1) Driver’s door power window switch*
(2) Front passengers door power win-
dow switch*
(3) Rear door (right) power window
switch*
(4) Rear door (left) power window
switch*
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window up*/down*
(7) Power window lock button*
*: if equipped
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power win-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
WINDOWS
OPB049015R
415
Features of your vehicle
D080100APB
Power windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for power windows to operate.
Each door has a power window switch
that controls the doors window. The driv-
er has a power window lock button which
can block the operation of rear passen-
ger windows.
The power windows can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the igni-
tion key is removed or turned to the ACC
or LOCK position. However, if the front
doors are opened, the power windows
cannot be operated even within the 30
seconds period.
NOTICE
While driving with the rear windows-
down or with the sunroof (if equipped)
in an open (or partially open position),
your vehicle may demonstrate a wind
buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise
is a normal occurrence and can be
reduced or eliminated by taking the fol
lowing actions.
If the noise occurs with one or both of
the rear windows down, partially lower
both front windows approximately one
inch. If you experience the noise with
the sunroof open, slightly reduce the size
of the sunroof opening.
D080101AUN
Window opening and closing
(if equipped)
The drivers door has a master power
window switch that controls all the win-
dows in the vehicle.
T
o open or close a window, press down
or pull up the front portion of the corre-
sponding switch to the first detent posi-
tion (5).
D080102APA
Auto down window (if equipped)
(Drivers window)
Pressing the power window switch
moment
arily to the second detent posi-
tion (6) completely lowers the drivers
window even when the switch is
released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up and release the switch
to the opposite direction of the window
movement.
OPB049017ROPB049016R
Features of your vehicle
164
D080103AHM-EE
Auto up/down window (if equipped)
(Driver's window)
Pressing or pulling up the power window
switch moment
arily to the second detent
position (6) completely lowers or lifts the
window even when the switch is
released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up or press down and
release the switch.
If the power window does not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-
tion.
2. Close the drivers window and contin-
ue pulling up the drivers power win-
dow switch for at least 1 second after
the window is completely closed.
Automatic reversal (if equipped)
If the upward movement of the window is
blocked by an object or part of the body,
the window will detect the resistance and
will stop upward movement. The window
will then lower approximately 30 cm (11.8
in.) to allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is pulled
up continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower approxi-
mately 2.5 cm (1 in.). And if the power
window switch is pulled up continuously
again within 5 seconds after the window
is lowered by the automatic window
reversal feature, the automatic window
reversal will not operate.
NOTICE
The automatic reverse feature for the
driver’s window is only active when the
“auto up” feature is used by fully
pulling up the switch. The automatic
reverse feature will not operate if the
window is raised using the halfway posi-
tion on the power window switch.
WARNING
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage. If an
object less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) in
diameter is caught between the
window glass and the upper win-
dow channel, the automatic reverse
window may not detect the resist-
ance and will not stop and reverse
direction.
OUN026013/HOPB049133R
417
Features of your vehicle
D080104APB
Power window lock button
The driver can disable the power win-
dow switches on the rear p
assenger
doors by pressing the power window
lock button located on the drivers door
to the LOCK position (pressed).
When the power window lock but-
ton is in the LOCK position
(pressed), the drivers master con-
trol cannot operate the rear passen-
ger door power windows.
OPB049018R
CAUTION
• To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do not
open or close two windows or
more at the same time. This will
also ensure the longevity of the
fuse.
Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver's door and
the individual door window
switch in opposite directions at
the same time. If this is done, the
window will stop and cannot be
opened or closed.
WARNING - Windows
NEVER leave the ignition key in
the vehicle.
NEVER leave any child unattend-
ed in the vehicle. Even very
young children may inadvertently
cause the vehicle to move, entan-
gle themselves in the windows,
or otherwise injure themselves or
others.
Always double check to make
sure all arms, hands, head and
other obstructions are safely out
of the way before closing a win-
dow.
Do not allow children to play with
the power windows. Keep the dri-
vers door power window lock
button in the LOCK position
(pressed). Serious injury can
result from unintentional window
operation by the child.
Do not extend face or arms out-
side the window while driving.
Features of your vehicle
184
D080200AFD
Manual windows (if equipped)
To raise or lower the window, turn the
window regulator handle clockwise or
counterclockwise.
WARNING
When opening or closing the win-
dows, make sure your passenger's
arms, hands and body are safely
out of the way.
B050A01E/H
419
Features of your vehicle
D090100APB
Opening the hood
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should pop open
slightly.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the
hood slightly, push the secondary
latch (1) inside of the hood center and
lift the hood (2).
3.Pull out the support rod from the hood.
4.Hold the hood opened with the support
rod.
HOOD
OPB049020R OPB049021 OPB049022
WARNING - Hot parts
Grasp the support rod in the area
wrapped in plastic. The plastic will
help prevent you from being
burned by hot metal when the
engine is hot.
Features of your vehicle
204
D090200APB
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-
lowing:
All filler caps in the engine compart-
ment must be correctly installed.
Gloves, rags or any other com-
bustible material must be removed
from the engine compartment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to
prevent it from rattling.
3. Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm
(1 ft.) above the closed position and let
it drop. Make sure that it locks into
place.
WARNING - Hood
Before closing the hood, ensure
that all obstructions are removed
from the hood opening. Closing
the hood with an obstruction
present in the hood opening may
result in property damage or
severe personal injury.
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
engine compartment. Doing so
may cause a heat-induced fire.
WARNING
Always double check to be sure
that the hood is firmly latched
before driving away. If it is not
latched, the hood could fly open
while the vehicle is being driven,
causing a total loss of visibility,
which might result in an accident.
The support rod must be inserted
completely into the hole whenev-
er you inspect the engine com-
partment. This will prevent the
hood from falling and possibly
injuring you.
Do not move the vehicle with the
hood raised. The view will be
blocked and the hood could fall
or be damaged.
421
Features of your vehicle
D100100APB
Opening the fuel filler lid
The fuel filler lid must be opened from
inside the vehicle by pulling up the fuel
filler lid opener.
NOTICE
If the fuel filler lid does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the lid to break the ice
and release the lid. Do not pry on the lid.
If necessary, spray around the lid with
an approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle
to a warm place and allow the ice to
melt.
1. Stop the engine.
2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel
filler lid opener up.
3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).
4. To remove the cap (2), turn the fuel
filler cap counterclockwise.
5. Refuel as needed.
D100200AUN
Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until
it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap is
securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it light-
ly and make sure that it is securely
closed.
FUEL FILLER LID
OPB049023R
OPB049024
Features of your vehicle
224
D100300APB
WARNING - Refueling dan-
gers
Automotive fuels are flammable
materials. When refueling, please
note the following guidelines care-
fully. Failure to follow these guide-
lines may result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death by fire
or explosion.
Read and follow all warning at the
gas station facility.
Before refueling note the location
of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-
Off, if available, at the gas station
facility.
Before touching the fuel nozzle,
you should eliminate potentially
dangerous static electricity dis-
charge by touching another metal
part of the vehicle, a safe dis-
tance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas source.
(Continued)
WARNING - Refueling
If pressurized fuel sprays out, it
can cover your clothes or skin
and subject you to the risk of fire
and burns. Always remove the
fuel cap carefully and slowly. If
the cap is venting fuel or if you
hear a hissing sound, wait until
the condition stops before com-
pletely removing the cap.
Do not "top off" after the nozzle
automatically shuts off when
refueling.
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an acci-
dent.
(Continued)
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling
since you can generate static
electricity by touching, rubbing
or sliding against any item or fab-
ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)
capable of producing static elec-
tricity. Static electricity discharge
can ignite fuel vapors resulting in
rapid burning. If you must re-
enter the vehicle, you should
once again eliminate potentially
dangerous static electricity dis-
charge by touching a metal part
of the vehicle, away from the fuel
filler neck, nozzle or other gaso-
line source.
When using an approved
portable fuel container be sure to
place the container on the ground
prior to refueling. Static electrici-
ty discharge from the container
can ignite fuel vapors causing a
fire. Once refueling has begun,
contact with the vehicle should
be maintained until the filling is
complete.
(Continued)
423
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
Use only approved portable plas-
tic fuel containers designed to
carry and store gasoline.
Do not use cellular phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cel-
lular phones can potentially
ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
When refueling, always shut the
engine off. Sparks produced by
electrical components related to
the engine can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. Once refueling is
complete, check to make sure the
filler cap and filler door are
securely closed, before starting
the engine.
DO NOT use matches or a lighter
and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit
cigarette in your vehicle while at
a gas station especially during
refueling. Automotive fuel is
highly flammable and can, when
ignited, result in fire.
(Continued)
(Continued)
If a fire breaks out during refuel-
ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-
cle, and immediately contact the
manager of the gas station and
then contact the local fire depart-
ment. Follow any safety instruc-
tions they provide.
CAUTION
Make sure to refuel with unleaded
(or leaded for some countries)
fuel only. (Gasoline engine only)
If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a genuine
HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent
specified for your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can result
in a serious malfunction of the
fuel system or emission control
system.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type
of fuel spilled on painted surfaces
may damage the paint.
After refueling, make sure the fuel
cap is installed securely to pre-
vent fuel spillage in the event of
an accident.
Features of your vehicle
244
D110000APB
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,
you can slide or tilt it with the sunroof
control buttons located on the overhead
console.
1. Slide button
2. Tilt button
3. Close button
The sunroof can only be opened, closed,
or tilted when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, the sunroof
may not work properly due to freez-
ing conditions.
After a vehicle is washed or in a rain-
storm, be sure to wipe off any water
that is on the sunroof before operating
it.
NOTICE
The sunroof cannot slide when it is in
the tilt position nor can it be tilted while
in an open or slide position.
D110100APB
Sliding the sunroof
To open the sunroof :
To open the sunroof (auto slide fea-
ture), press the slide button (1) on the
overhead console for more than 0.5
second.
The sunroof will automatically
slide open but will not open all the way.
To stop the sunroof at any point, press
any sunroof control button.
To open the sunroof (manual slide fea-
ture), press the slide button (1) on the
overhead console for less than 0.5
second. The sunroof will slide open a
little.
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
OPB049025
CAUTION
Do not continue to press the sun-
roof control button(s) after the sun-
roof is fully opened, closed, or tilt-
ed. Damage to the motor or system
components could occur.
WARNING
Never adjust the sunroof or sun-
shade while driving. This could
result in loss of control and an acci-
dent that may cause death, serious
injury, or property damage.
OPB049026
425
Features of your vehicle
To close the sunroof :
To close the sunroof (auto slide fea-
ture), press the close button (3) on the
overhead console for more than 0.5
second.
The sunroof will automatically
close all the way.
To stop the sunroof at any point, press
any sunroof control button.
To close the sunroof (manual slide fea-
ture), press the close button (3) on the
overhead console for less than 0.5
second. The sunroof will close a little.
D110101APB
Automatic reversal
If an object or part of the body is detect-
ed while the sunroof is closing automati-
cally
, it will reverse direction, and then
stop.
The auto reverse function does not work
if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding
glass and the sunroof sash. You should
always check that all passengers and
objects are not near the sunroof before
closing it.
D110200APB
Tilting the sunroof
To tilt open the sunroof :
To open the sunroof (auto tilt feature),
press the tilt button (2) on the over-
head console for more than 0.5 sec-
ond.
The sunroof will tilt open all the
way.
To stop the sunroof tilting at any point,
press any sunroof control button.
To open the sunroof (manual tilt fea-
ture), press the tilt button (2) on the
overhead console for less than 0.5
second. The sunroof will tilt open a lit-
tle.
OPB049027OTQ047028
Features of your vehicle
264
To close the sunroof :
To close the sunroof, press the close but-
ton (3) on the overhead console and hold
it until the sunroof is closed.
D110300AEN
Sunshade
The sunshade will automatically open
when the glass panel is moved. Close it
manually if you want it closed.
OTQ047030
WARNING - Sunroof
Be careful that no heads,hands
or body are obstructed by a clos-
ing sunroof.
Do not extend the face, neck,
arms or body outside the sunroof
while driving.
Make sure your hands and head
are safely out of the way before
closing a sunroof.
CAUTION
Periodically remove any dirt that
may accumulate on the guide rail.
If you try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, the
glass or the motor could be dam-
aged.
The sunroof is made to slide
together with the sunshade. Do
not leave the sunshade closed
while the sunroof is opened.
427
Features of your vehicle
D110500APB
Resetting the sunroof
Whenever the vehicle battery is discon-
nected or discharged, you must reset
your sunroof system as follows:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. According to the position of the sun-
roof, do the following.
1) In case the sunroof has been com-
pletely closed or tilted :
Press the tilt button until the sun-
roof tilts completely upward.
2) In case the sunroof has been
opened:
Press and hold the close button
until the sunroof closes completely.
Press the tilt button until the sun-
roof tilts completely upward.
3. Release the tilt button.
4. Press and hold the tilt button (for
more than 10 seconds) until the sun-
roof has returned to the original tilt
position after it is raised a little higher
than the maximum tilt position. Then,
release the button.
5. Press and hold the tilt button (for
more than 5 seconds) until the sun-
roof is operates as follows;
TILT DOWN SLIDE OPEN
SLIDE CLOSE
Then, release the button.
When this is complete, the sunroof sys-
tem has been reset.
Features of your vehicle
284
WARNING
Never adjust the angle and height
of the steering wheel while driv-
ing. You may lose steering con-
trol and cause severe personal
injury, death or accidents.
After adjusting, push the steering
wheel both up and down to be
certain it is locked in position.
D130200APB
Electric power steering
(if equipped)
Power steering uses the motor to assist
you in steering the vehicle. If the engine
is off or if the power steering system
becomes inoperative, the vehicle may
still be steered, but it will require
increased steering effort.
The motor driven power steering is con-
trolled by the power steering control unit
which senses the steering wheel torque
and vehicle speed to command the
motor.
The steering wheel becomes heavier as
the vehicle’s speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s speed
decreases for better control of the steer-
ing wheel.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the power steer-
ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur dur-
ing normal vehicle operation:
The EPS warning light does not illumi-
nate.
• The steering effort is high immediately
after turning the ignition switch on.
This happens as the system performs
the EPS system diagnostics. When the
diagnostics is completed, the steering
wheel will return to its normal condi-
tion.
A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON or LOCK position.
Motor noise may be heard when the
vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving
speed.
The steering effort can suddenly
increase, if the operation of the EPS
system is stopped to prevent serious
accidents when it detects malfunction
of the EPS system by self-diagnosis.
The steering effort increases if the
steering wheel is rotated continuously
when the vehicle is not in motion.
However, after a few minutes, it will
return to its normal conditions.
D130300AEN
Tilt steering (if equipped)
Tilt steering allows you to adjust the
steering wheel before you drive. You can
also raise it to give your legs more room
when you exit and enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be positioned
so that it is comfortable for you to drive,
while permitting you to see the instru-
ment panel warning lights and gauges.
STEERING WHEEL
429
Features of your vehicle
To change the steering wheel angle, pull
down the lock release lever (1), adjust
the steering wheel to the desired angle
(2) and height (if equipped) (3), then pull
up the lock-release lever to lock the
steering wheel in place. Be sure to adjust
the steering wheel to the desired position
before driving.
D130500AUN
Horn
To sound the horn, press the horn sym-
bol on your steering wheel.
Check the horn regularly to be sure it
operates properly.
NOTICE
To sound the horn, press the area indi-
cated by the horn symbol on your steer-
ing wheel (see illustration). The horn
will operate only when this area is
pressed.
OPB049028R
CAUTION
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do
not press on the horn with a sharp-
pointed object.
OPB049029
Features of your vehicle
304
D140100AHM
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
center view through the rear window is
seen. Make this adjustment before you
start driving.
D140101AHM
Day/night rearview mirror
Make this adjustment before you start
driving and while the day/night lever is in
the day position.
Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce glare from the headlight
s of the
vehicles behind you during night driving.
Remember that you lose some rearview
clarity in the night position.
D140200APB
Outside rearview mirror
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both left-
hand and/or right-hand outside rearview
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted
remotely with the remote switch (or
lever). The mirror heads can be folded
back to prevent damage during an auto-
matic car wash or when passing through
a narrow street.
MIRRORS
WARNING - Rear visibility
Do not place objects in the rear
seat or cargo area which would
interfere with your vision out the
rear window.
OPB049030
Day
Night
WARNING
Do not adjust the rearview mirror
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control, and
an accident which could cause
death, serious injury or property
damage.
431
Features of your vehicle
D140201APB
Remote control
Manual type (if equipped)
T
o adjust an outside mirror, move the
control lever.
WARNING - Rearview mir-
rors
The right outside rearview mirror
is convex. In some countries, the
left outside rearview mirror is
also convex. Objects seen in the
mirror are closer than they
appear.
Use your interior rearview mirror
or direct observation to deter-
mine the actual distance of fol-
lowing vehicles when changing
lanes.
CAUTION
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface
of the glass. If ice should restrict
movement of the mirror, do not
force the mirror for adjustment. To
remove ice, use a deicer spray, or a
sponge or soft cloth with very warm
water.
CAUTION
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force. Use
an approved spray de-icer (not radi-
ator antifreeze) to release the
frozen mechanism or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle
is moving. This could result in loss
of control, and an accident which
could cause death, serious injury
or property damage.
B510A01E/H
Features of your vehicle
324
Electric type (if equipped)
The electric remote control mirror switch
allows you to adjust the position of the
left and right outside rearview mirrors. To
adjust the position of either mirror, move
the lever (1) to R or L to select the right
side mirror or the left side mirror, then
press a corresponding point on the mirror
adjustment control to position the select-
ed mirror up, down, left or right.
After the adjustment, put the lever in neu-
tral position to prevent inadvertent
adjustment.
NOTICE
To adjust the position of the mirror, the
ignition switch should be in the ACC or
ON position.
D140202AHM
Folding the outside rearview mirror
Manual type (if equipped)
T
o fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp
the housing of the mirror and then fold it
toward the rear of the vehicle.
OPB049032R
CAUTION
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjust-
ing angles, but the motor contin-
ues to operate while the switch is
pressed. Do not press the switch
longer than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
Do not attempt to adjust the out-
side rearview mirror by hand.
Doing so may damage the parts.
OPB049033/H
433
Features of your vehicle
Electric type (if equipped)
To fold the outside rearview mirror, press
the button.
To unfold it, press the button again.
OPB049034R
CAUTION
In case it is an electric type outside
rearview mirror, don’t fold it by
hand. It could cause motor failure.
CAUTION
The electric type outside rearview
mirror operates even though the
ignition switch is in the LOCK posi-
tion. However, to prevent unneces-
sary battery discharge, do not
adjust the mirrors longer than nec-
essary while the engine is not run-
ning.
Features of your vehicle
344
D150000AFD
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1. Tachometer
2. Engine temperature gauge
3. Fuel gauge
4. Speedometer
5. Turn signal indicators
6. Warning and indicator lights*
7. Odometer
8. LCD*
* : if equipped
OPB049040
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more details refer to the "Gauges" in the next pages.
Gasoline Engine
435
Features of your vehicle
1. Tachometer
2. Engine temperature gauge
3. Fuel gauge
4. Speedometer
5. Turn signal indicators
6. Warning and indicator lights*
7. Odometer
8. LCD*
* : if equipped
OPB049041
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more details refer to the "Gauges" in the next pages.
Diesel Engine
Features of your vehicle
364
D150100APB
Instrument panel illumination
(if equipped)
When the vehicle’s parking lights or head-
lights are on, rotate the illumination con-
trol knob to adjust the instrument panel
illumination intensity.
Gauges
D150201AUN-EC
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the forward
speed of the vehicle.
The speedometer is calibrated in kilome-
ters per hour and/or miles per hour
.
D150202AUN
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the approxi-
mate number of engine revolutions per
minute (rpm).
Use the t
achometer to select the correct
shift points and to prevent lugging and/or
over-revving the engine.
When the door is opened, or if the engine
is not started within 1 minute, the
tachometer pointer may move slightly in
the ON position with the engine OFF.
This movement is normal and will not
affect the accuracy of the tachometer
once the engine is running.
OPB049042R
OPB049043/OPB049044
OPB049045/OPB049046
Type C Type D
Type A Type B
OPB049047/OPB049048
Gasoline Diesel
CAUTION
Do not operate the engine within
the tachometer's RED ZONE. This
may cause severe engine damage.
437
Features of your vehicle
D150203APB
Engine temperature gauge
This gauge shows the temperature of the
engine coolant when the ignition switch
is ON.
Do not continue driving with an overheat-
ed engine. If your vehicle overheat
s,
refer to “If the engine overheats” in sec-
tion 6.
D150204AHM-EE
Fuel gauge
The fuel gauge indicates the approxi-
mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
t
ank. The fuel tank capacity is given in
section 8. The fuel gauge is supplement-
ed by a low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly
empty.
On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier than
usual due to the movement of fuel in the
tank.
OPB049049
CAUTION
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the
“130” it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The engine
coolant is under pressure and
could cause severe burns. Wait
until the engine is cool before
adding coolant to the reservoir.
OPB049050
Features of your vehicle
384
Odometer (km or mi)
The odometer indicates the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
Y
ou will also find the odometer useful to
determine when periodic maintenance
should be performed.
NOTICE
It is forbidden to alter the odometer of
all vehicles with the intent to change the
mileage registered on the odometer. The
alteration may void your warranty cov-
erage.
D150300APB
Warnings and indicators
All warning lights are checked by turning
the ignition switch ON (do not start the
engine). Any light that does not illuminate
should be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
After starting the engine, check to make
sure that all warning lights are off. If any
warning lights are still on, this indicates a
situation that needs attention. When
releasing the parking brake, the brake
system warning light should go off. The
fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel
level is low.
D150302APB
Air bag warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time you
turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
This light also comes on when the
Supplement
al Restraint System (SRS) is
not working properly. If the air bag warn-
ing light does not come on, or continu-
ously remains on after operating for
about 6 seconds when you have turned
the ignition switch to the ON position or
started the engine, or if it comes on while
driving, have the SRS inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - Fuel gauge
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain addition-
al fuel as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when the
gauge indicator comes close to the
“0” level.
CAUTION
Avoid driving with a very low fuel
level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damag-
ing the catalytic converter.
OPB049137
439
Features of your vehicle
D150303APB
Anti-lock brake system
(ABS) warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates if the igni-
tion switch is turned to ON and goes of
f
after approximately 3 seconds if the sys-
tem is operating normally.
If the ABS warning light remains on,
comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, this indicates
that the ABS may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible. The normal braking
system will still be operational, but with-
out the assistance of the anti-lock brake
system.
Electronic brake force distri-
bution (EBD) system warning
light
If the two warning lights illu-
minate at the same time
while driving, your vehicle’s
ABS and EBD system may
have malfunctioned.
In this case, your ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally. Have the
vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
D150304AFD
Seat belt warning
Type A
As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt
warning light will blink for approximately
6 seconds each time you turn the ignition
switch ON regardless of belt fastening.
If the drivers seat belt is unfastened after
the ignition switch is ON, the seat belt
warning light blinks again for approxi-
mately 6 seconds. (if equipped)
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned ON or
if it is unfastened after the ignition switch
is ON, the seat belt warning chime will
sound for approximately 6 seconds. At
this time, if the seat belt is fastened, the
chime will stop at once. (if equipped)
Type B
As a reminder to the driver and front pas-
senger, the drivers and front passen-
gers seat belt warning lights will illumi-
nate for approximately 6 seconds each
time you turn the ignition switch ON
regardless of belt fastening.
WARNING
If both ABS and Brake warning
lights are on and stay on, your vehi-
cle’s brake system will not work
normally during sudden braking. In
this case, avoid high speed driving
and abrupt braking. Have your
vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-
ble.
Features of your vehicle
404
If the drivers or front passengers seat
belt is not fastened when the ignition
switch is turned ON or if it is disconnect-
ed after the ignition switch is turned ON,
the corresponding seat belt warning light
will illuminate until the belt is fastened.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
and you drive over 9km/h, the illuminated
warning light will start to blink until you
drive under 6km/h.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
and you drive over 20km/h the seat belt
warning chime will sound for approxi-
mately 100 seconds and the correspon-
ding warning light will blink.
NOTICE
You can find the front passengers
seat belt warning light on the center
fascia panel.
Although the front passenger seat is
not occupied, the seat belt warning
light will blink or illuminate for 6 sec-
onds.
The front passenger's seat belt warn-
ing may operate when luggage is
placed on the front passenger seat.
D150305AHM
Turn signal indicator
The blinking green arrows on the instru-
ment p
anel show the direction indicated
by the turn signals. If the arrow comes on
but does not blink, blinks more rapidly
than normal, or does not illuminate at all,
it indicates a malfunction in the turn sig-
nal system. You should consult your
dealer for repairs.
D150306AUN
High beam indicator
This indicator illuminates when the head-
light
s are on and in the high beam posi-
tion or when the turn signal lever is
pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position.
D150348APB
Low beam indicator
This indicator illuminates when the head
light
s are on and in the low beam posi-
tion.
D150307APB
Engine oil pressure warn-
ing light
This warning light indicates the engine oil
pressure is low
.
If the warning light illuminates while driv-
ing:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
stop.
2. With the engine off, check the engine
oil level. If the level is low, add oil as
required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, call an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
If the engine is not stopped imme-
diately after the engine oil pressure
warning light is illuminated, severe
damage could result.
441
Features of your vehicle
D150308APB
Parking brake & brake
fluid warning
This light illuminates if the ignition switch
is turned ON and goes off in approxi-
mately 3 seconds if the parking brake is
not applied.
Parking brake warning
This warning light is illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the ignition
switch in the START or ON position. The
warning light should go off when the
parking brake is released.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the warning light remains on, it may
indicate that the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
If the warning light remains on:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required. Then check all brake
components for fluid leaks.
3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are
found, the warning light remains on or
the brakes do not operate properly.
Have it towed to any authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for brake system
inspection and necessary repairs.
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-
nal braking systems. This means you still
have braking on two wheels even if one
of the dual systems should fail. With only
one of the dual systems working, more
than normal pedal travel and greater
pedal pressure are required to stop the
vehicle. Also, the vehicle will not stop in
as short a distance with only a portion of
the brake system working. If the brakes
fail while you are driving, shift to a lower
gear for additional engine braking and
stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so.
To check bulb operation, check whether
the parking brake and brake fluid warn-
ing light illuminates when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
CAUTION
If the oil pressure warning light
stays on while the engine is run-
ning, serious engine damage may
result. The oil pressure warning
light comes on whenever there is
insufficient oil pressure. In normal
operation, it should come on when
the ignition switch is turned on,
then goes off when the engine
starts. If the oil pressure warning
light stays on while the engine is
running, there is a serious malfunc-
tion.
If this happens, stop the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so, turn off
the engine and check the oil level. If
the oil level is low, fill the engine oil
to the proper level and start the
engine again. If the light stays on
with the engine running, turn the
engine off immediately. In any
instance where the oil light stays on
when the engine is running, the
engine should be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer before
the vehicle is driven again.
WARNING
Driving the vehicle with a warning
light on is dangerous. If the brake
warning light remains on, have the
brakes checked and repaired imme-
diately by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Features of your vehicle
424
D150331AFD
Low tire pressure
telltale (if equipped)
Low tire pressure position
telltale (if equipped)
The low tire pressure and position tell-
t
ales come on for 3 seconds after the
ignition switch is turned to the ON posi-
tion.
If the warning lights do not come on, or
continuously remain on after coming on
for about 3 seconds when you turn the
ignition switch to the ON position, the
Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not
working properly. If this occurs, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
This warning lights will also illuminate if
one or more of your tires is significantly
under-inflated. The low tire pressure posi-
tion telltale will indicate which tire is signif-
icantly under-inflated by illuminating the
corresponding position light. You should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible. If the warning lights illuminate
while driving, reduce vehicle speed
immediately and stop the vehicle. Avoid
hard braking and overcorrecting at the
steering wheel. Inflate the tires to the
proper pressure as indicated on the vehi-
cle’s tire information placard.
D150332AEN
TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator
(if equipped)
The TPMS malfunction indicator comes
on for 3 seconds af
ter the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position. If the warn-
ing light does not come on, or continu-
ously remains on after coming on for
about 3 seconds when you turned the
ignition switch to the ON position, the
Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not
working properly. If this occurs, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
The warning light also comes on and
stays on when there is a problem with the
Tire Pressure Monitoring System.
If this happens, the system may not mon-
itor the tire pressure. Have the system
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
D150339APA
O/D OFF indicator
(if equipped)
The O/D OFF indicator will illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned ON,
but should go of
f after approximately 3
seconds. This indicator comes on when
the O/D system is deactivated.
WARNING - Low tire pres-
sure
Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and can
contribute to loss of vehicle control
and increased braking distances.
Continued driving on low pressure
tires will cause the tires to overheat
and fail.
TPMS
WARNING - Safe stopping
The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors.
If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator, apply the brakes
gradually and with light force,
and slowly move to a safe posi-
tion off the road.
O/D
OFF
443
Features of your vehicle
D150309APB
Front fog light indicator
(if equipped)
This indicator illuminates when the front
fog light
s are ON.
D150310APB
Rear fog light indicator
(If equipped)
This indicator illuminates when the rear
fog light
s are ON.
D150350APB
Rear fog light warning chime
(if equipped)
If the driver's door is opened while the
rear fog light switch is on, the rear fog
light warning chime will sound.
The
chime sounds until the rear fog light
switch is off, the driver's door is closed or
the ignition switch is on.
D150312APB
Shift pattern indicator
(if equipped)
The indicator displays which automatic
transaxle shif
t lever is selected.
D150313APB
Charging system warning
light
This warning light indicates a malfunction
of either the generator or electrical
charging system.
If the warning light illuminates while the
vehicle is in motion:
1. Drive to the nearest safe location.
2.
With the engine off, check the genera-
tor drive belt for looseness or break-
age.
3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-
lem exists somewhere in the electrical
charging system. Have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer correct the problem
as soon as possible.
D150315APB
Tailgate open warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates when the
t
ailgate is not closed securely.
D150316AUN
Door ajar warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates when a
door is not closed securely with the igni-
tion switch in any position.
D150316APB
Door and tailgate open
position indicator (if
equipped)
This indicator illuminates or blinks when
a door or t
ailgate is not closed securely.
The indicator displays which door or tail-
gate is opened.
D150317APB
Immobilizer indicator
(if equipped)
This indicator illuminates when the
immobilizer key is inserted and turned to
the ON position to st
art the engine.
At this time, you can start the engine.
The light goes off after the engine is run-
ning.
If this indicator blinks when the ignition
switch is in the ON position before start-
ing the engine, have the system checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Features of your vehicle
444
D150318AHM
Low fuel level warning
light
This warning light indicates the fuel tank
is nearly empty
. When it comes on, you
should add fuel as soon as possible.
Driving with the fuel level warning light on
or with the fuel level below “E” can cause
the engine to misfire and damage the
catalytic converter (if equipped).
D150320APB
Malfunction indicator light
(MIL) (check engine light)
This indicator is part of the Engine
Control System which monitors various
emission control system component
s. If
this indicator illuminates while driving, it
indicates that a potential malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the emis-
sion control system.
This indicator will also illuminates when
the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, and will go off in a few seconds
after the engine is started. If it illuminates
while driving, or does not illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, take your vehicle to the nearest
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have
the system checked.
Generally, your vehicle will continue to
be drivable, but have the system
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer promptly.
CAUTION
Prolonged driving with the
Emission Control System
Malfunction Indicator Light illumi-
nated may cause damage to the
emission control systems which
could affect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
If the
Emission
Control System
Malfunction Indicator Light illumi-
nates, potential catalytic converter
damage is possible which could
result in loss of engine power.
Have the Engine Control System
inspected as soon as possible by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION -
Diesel engine
If the Emission Control System
Malfunction Indicator Light blinks,
some error related to the injection
quantity adjustment will occur
which could result in loss of engine
power, combustion noise and poor
emission. Have the Engine Control
System inspected as soon as pos-
sible by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
445
Features of your vehicle
D150323APB
ESP (Electronic Stability
Program) indicator
(if equipped)
The ESP indicator will illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned ON, but
should go of
f after approximately 3 sec-
onds. When the ESP is on, it monitors
the driving conditions. Under normal driv-
ing conditions, the ESP indicator will
remain off. When a slippery or low trac-
tion condition is encountered, the ESP
will operate, and the ESP indicator will
blink to indicate the ESP is operating.
But, if the ESP system malfunctions the
indicator illuminates and stays on. Take
your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer and have the system checked.
D150324APB
ESP OFF indicator
(if equipped)
The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned ON,
but should go of
f after approximately 3
seconds. To switch to ESP OFF mode,
press the ESP OFF button. The ESP
OFF indicator will illuminate indicating
the ESP is deactivated.
ESP
OFF
CAUTION -
Diesel engine
If the malfunction indicator blinks,
have the Particulate Filter System
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer (before driving
more than 50 km/31 miles). (if
equipped)
ESP
Features of your vehicle
464
D150327AUN
Key reminder warning chime
(if equipped)
If the drivers door is opened while the
ignition key is lef
t in the ignition switch
(ACC or LOCK position), the key
reminder warning chime will sound. This
is to prevent you from locking your keys
in the vehicle. The chime sounds until the
key is removed from the ignition switch or
the drivers door is closed.
D150328APB
Glow indicator
(Diesel engine)
The indicator illuminates when the igni-
tion switch is in the ON position.
The
engine can be started after the preheat
indicator light goes off. The illuminating
time varies with the water temperature,
air temperature and battery condition.
NOTICE
If the engine does not start within 10
seconds after the preheating is complet-
ed, turn the ignition key once more to
the LOCK position for 10 seconds, and
then to the ON position, in order to pre-
heat again.
D150329APB
Fuel filter warning light
(Diesel engine)
This warning light illuminates for 3 sec-
onds af
ter the ignition switch is set to the
ON position and then it will go off. If it
lights up while the engine is running, it
indicates that water has accumulated
inside the fuel filter. If this happens,
remove the water from the fuel filter. For
more Information, refer to “Fuel filter” in
section 7.
CAUTION
If the preheat indicator continues to
illuminate or blink on and off after
the engine has warmed up or while
driving, have the system checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible.
CAUTION
When the fuel filter warning light
illuminates, the engine power (vehi-
cle speed & idle speed) may
decrease. If you keep driving with
the warning light on, you may dam-
age your vehicle's engine parts and
injection system of the Common
Rail. If this occurs, have your vehi-
cle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-
ble.
447
Features of your vehicle
D150334APB
Electric power steering
(EPS) system warning light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates after the
ignition key is turned to the ON position
and then it will go of
f when the engine
starts.
This light also comes on when the EPS
has malfunctioned. If it comes on while
driving, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
D150349APB
Acoustic warning chime (if equipped)
The acoustic warning chime will sound if
the driver's door is opened while the t
ail
lights are on. This is to prevent you from
discharging the vehicle battery. The
chime sounds until the tail lights are
turned off.
D150351APB
Door open drive warning chime
(if equipped)
The door open drive warning chime will
sound if any door (or t
ailgate) is opened
while driving over 9km/h. The warning
chime will sound for approximately 6 sec-
onds and then turn off for approximately
20 seconds 3 times. This is to prevent
you from driving with the door open.
Multidisplay
D150206APB
Tripmeter/Trip computer (if equipped)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-
controlled driver information system that
displays information related to driving,
such as tripmeter
, distance to empty,
average fuel consumption, instant fuel
consumption and driving time on the dis-
play when the ignition switch is in ACC or
ON position. All stored driving informa-
tion (distance to empty and instant fuel
consumption) will reset if the battery is
disconnected.
EPS
Features of your vehicle
484
Press the TRIP button for less than 1
second to select tripmeter, distance to
empty, average fuel consumption, instant
fuel consumption or driving time function
as follows:
Tripmeter (km or miles)
TRIP A : Tripmeter A
TRIP B : Tripmeter B
This mode indicates the distance of indi-
vidual trips selected since the last trip-
meter reset.
The meter's working range is from 0.0 to
999.9 km (0.0 to 999.9 miles).
Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1
second, when the tripmeter (TRIP A or
TRIP B) is being displayed, clears the
tripmeter to zero (0.0).
OPB049051R
Tripmeter B*
Average fuel consumption*
Instant fuel consumption*
Driving time*
Tripmeter A
Distance to empty*
* : if equipped
OPB049053
Type A
Type B
449
Features of your vehicle
Distance to empty (if equipped)
(km or miles)
This mode indicates the estimated dis-
tance to empty based on the current fuel
in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel
delivered to the engine. When the
remaining distance is below 50 km (30
miles), “---” will be displayed and the dis-
tance to empty indicator will blink.
The meters working range is from 50 to
999 km (30 to 999 miles).
Average fuel consumption (if equipped)
(l/100 km or MPG)
This mode calculates the average fuel
consumption from the total fuel used and
the distance since the last average con-
sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-
culated from the fuel consumption input.
For an accurate calculation, drive more
than 50 m (0.03 mile).
The meter's working range is from 0.0 to
99.9 l/100 km (0.0 to 99.9 miles per gal-
lon).
Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1
second, when the average fuel con-
sumption is being displayed, clears the
average fuel consumption to zero (---).
Instant fuel consumption (if equipped)
(l/100 km or MPG)
This mode calculates the instant fuel
consumption during the last few sec-
onds.
OPB049054
Type A
Type B
OPB049055
Type A
Type B
OPB049056
Type A
Type B
Features of your vehicle
504
Driving time (if equipped)
This mode indicates the total time trav-
eled since the last driving time reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the
driving time keeps going while the engine
is running.
The meters working range is from
00:00~99:59.
Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1
second, when the driving time is being
displayed, clears the driving time to zero
(00:00).
NOTICE
If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been interrupt-
ed, the “Distance to empty” function
may not operate correctly.
The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6
gallons) of fuel are added to the vehi-
cle.
The fuel consumption and distance to
empty values may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driving
habits, and condition of the vehicle.
The distance to empty value is an esti-
mate of the available driving distance.
This value may differ from the actual
driving distance available.
D280600APB
Digital calendar and clock
(if equipped)
Whenever the battery terminals or relat-
ed fuses are disconnected, you must
reset the date and time.
When the ignition switch is in the
ACC or
ON position, the buttons operate as fol-
lows:
OPB049057
Type A
Type B
OPB049117R
WARNING
Do not adjust the while driving. You
may lose your steering control and
cause severe personal injury or
accidents.
451
Features of your vehicle
D280601APB
• SET (1)
Pressing the "SET" button for more than
1 second will change the display to the
calendar/clock setup mode.
Pressing the "SET" button for less than 1
second will change the setting.
The
selected setting will blink.
The order of the setup is DAY
MONTH YEAR HOUR MINUTE.
/(2)
Pressing the
or button will change
the data of the calendar and clock.
If the
or button is not pressed for
approximately 15 seconds, it will return
to the original display.
If you finish setting the date and time,
press the "SET" button for more than 1
second again. It will return to the original
display.
The outside ambient temperature unit
(°C«°F) and distance unit (km«mile)
can be converted the same way as
well.
D281200AHM-EE
Outside thermometer
The current outside temperature is dis-
played in 1°C (1°F) increments. The tem-
perature range is between -40°C ~ 75°C
(-40°F~167°F).
D180000AHM
The hazard warning flasher should be
used whenever you find it necessary to
stop the vehicle in a hazardous location.
When you must make such an emer-
gency stop, always pull off the road as far
as possible.
The hazard warning lights are turned on
by pushing in the hazard switch. Both
turn signal lights will blink. The hazard
warning lights will operate even though
the key is not in the ignition switch.
To turn the hazard warning lights off,
push the switch again.
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
OPB049058R
OPB049134
Features of your vehicle
524
LIGHTING
D190100APB
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to pre-
vent the battery from being dis-
charged. The system automatically
turns off the exterior lights when the
driver removes the ignition key and
opens the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lights will
turn off automatically if the driver parks
on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lights on
when the ignition key is removed, per-
form the following :
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON
again using the light switch on the
steering column.
D190400AUN
Lighting control
The light switch has a Headlight and a
Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at the
end of the control lever to one of the fol-
lowing positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) Parking light position
(3) Headlight position
D190401AHM
Parking light position ( )
When the light switch is in the parking
light position (1st position), the t
ail, posi-
tion, license and instrument panel lights
will turn ON.
OPB049059
Type A
OPB049059R
Type B
OPB049060
Type A
OPB049060R
Type B
453
Features of your vehicle
D190402AHM
Headlight position ( )
When the light switch is in the headlight
position (2nd position) the head, t
ail,
position, license and instrument panel
lights will turn ON.
NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.
D190500AUN
High beam operation
To turn on the high beam headlights, push
the lever away from you. Pull it back for
low beams.
The high-beam indicator will light when the
headlight high beams are switched on.
To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, do not leave the lights on for a
prolonged time while the engine is not run-
ning.
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the normal
(low-beam) position when released. The
headlight switch does not need to be on
to use this flashing feature.
OPB049061
Type A
OPB049061R
Type B
OPB049062
Type A
OPB049062R
Type B
OPB049063
Type A
OPB049063R
Type B
Features of your vehicle
544
D190600AHM
Turn signals and lane change sig-
nals
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on the
turn signals, move the lever up or down
(A). The green arrow indicators on the
instrument panel indicate which turn sig-
nal is operating.
They will self-cancel after a turn is com-
pleted. If the indicator continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to
the OFF position.
To signal a lane change, move the turn
signal lever slightly and hold it in position
(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-
tion when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the
turn signal bulbs may be burned out and
will require replacement.
NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally quick
or slow, a bulb may be burned out or
have a poor electrical connection in the
circuit.
D190700APB
Front fog light (if equipped)
Fog lights are used to provide improved
visibility when visibility is poor due to fog,
rain or snow etc. The fog lights will turn
on when the fog light switch (1) is turned
to the on position (2) after the parklight is
turned on. Also, the ignition switch
should be in the ON position.
OPB049064
Type A
OPB049064R
Type B
OPB049065
Type A
OPB049065R
Type B
455
Features of your vehicle
To turn off the fog lights, turn the switch
to the off position.
D190800APB
Rear fog light (if equipped)
To turn the rear fog lights on, turn the
headlight switch to the headlight on posi-
tion and turn the rear fog light switch (1)
to the on position (3).
The rear fog lights turn on when the rear
fog light switch is turned on after the front
fog light switch is turned on and the
headlight switch is in the parklight posi-
tion.
To turn the rear fog lights off, turn the rear
fog light switch to the off position or turn
the headlight switch off.
D190900APB
Daytime running light
(if equipped)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day. DRL can
be helpful in many different driving condi-
tions, and it is especially helpful after
dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will make the headlights
turn OFF when:
1. The parklight switch is ON.
2. The engine stops.
CAUTION
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor.
OPB049066
Type A
OPB049066R
Type B
Features of your vehicle
564
D191000APB
Headlight leveling device
(if equipped)
To adjust the headlight beam level
according to the number of passengers
and the loading weight in the luggage
area, turn the beam leveling switch.
The higher the number of the switch
position, the lower the headlight beam
level. Always keep the headlight beam at
the proper leveling position, or headlights
may dazzle other road users.
Listed below are the examples of proper
switch settings. For loading conditions
other than those listed below, adjust the
switch position so that the beam level
may be the nearest as the condition
obtained according to the list.
Loading condition
Driver only
Driver + front passenger
Full passengers
(including driver)
Full passengers (including
driver) + full trunk loading
(or light trailer loading)
Driver + full trunk loading
(or maximum trailer load-
ing)
Switch position
0
0
1
2
3
OPB049067R
457
Features of your vehicle
D20000APB
A : Wiper speed control
·
– Single wipe
· O – Off
· --- – Intermittent wipe*
· 1 – Normal wiper speed
· 2 – Fast wiper speed
B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment*
C : Wash with brief wipes
D : Rear wiper/washer control*
· Spraying washer fluid with
wiper operation
· – Normal wiper operation
· O – Off
* : if equipped
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Windshield wiper/washer
Type A
OPB049068/OPB049068R/OPB049069/OPB049069R
Rear window wiper/washer
Type B
Type A
Type B
Features of your vehicle
584
D200100APB
Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition
switch is turned ON.
: For a single wiping cycle, push the
lever downward and release it with
the lever in the O (OFF) position.
The wipers will operate continu-
ously if the lever is pushed down-
ward and held.
O : Wiper is not in operation.
--- : Wiper operates intermittently at the
same wiping intervals. Use this
mode in light rain or mist. To vary the
speed setting, turn the speed control
knob(1). (if equipped)
1 : Normal wiper speed
2 : Fast wiper speed
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or
until the snow and/or ice is removed
before using the windshield wipers to
ensure proper operation.
D200200APB
Windshield washers
With intermittent wiper function
In the O (OFF) position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer fluid
on the windshield and to run the wipers
1-3 cycles.
OPB049070
Type A
OPB049070R
Type B
OPB049071
Type A
OPB049071R
Type B
459
Features of your vehicle
Without intermittent wiper function
In the O (OFF) position, pull the lever
gently towards you to spray washer fluid
on the windshield.
Use this function when the windshield is
dirty
.
The spray or wiper operation will contin-
ue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check the
washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not
sufficient, you will need to add appropri-
ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid
to the washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in the
front of the engine compartment.
D200300APB
Rear window wiper and washer
switch (if equipped)
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the wiper
and washer switch lever. Turn the switch
to the desired position to operate the rear
wiper and washer.
- Spraying washer fluid with wiper
operation
- Normal wiper operation
O - Wiper off
CAUTION
To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the wash-
er when the fluid reservoir is empty.
WARNING
Do not use the washer in freezing
temperatures without first warming
the windshield with the defrosters;
the washer solution could freeze on
the windshield and obscure your
vision.
CAUTION
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
OPB049072
Type A
OPB049072R
Type B
Features of your vehicle
604
D210000AUN
D210100APB
Room lamp
Front (if equipped)
Type A
Push the switch to turn the room lamp on
or of
f.
The light comes on when any door is
opened regardless of the ignition switch
position.
When doors are unlocked by the trans-
mitter, the light comes on for approxi-
mately 30 seconds as long as any door is
not opened. The light goes out gradually
after approximately 30 seconds if the
door is closed. However, if the ignition
switch is ON or all doors are locked, the
light will go out immediately.
If a door is opened with the ignition
switch in the ACC or LOCK position, the
light stays on for about 20 minutes.
However, if a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ON position, the
light stays on continuously.
Type B
Push the switch to turn the room lamp on
or off.
The light comes on when a door is
opened.
INTERIOR LIGHT
OPA047072
CAUTION
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when engine is
not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
461
Features of your vehicle
Center (if equipped)
Type A
• ON (1)
The light st
ays on at all times.
• DOOR (2)
The light comes on when any door is
opened regardless of the ignition switch
position.
When doors are unlocked by the trans-
mitter, the light comes on for approxi-
mately 30 seconds as long as any door is
not opened. The light goes out gradually
after approximately 30 seconds if the
door is closed. However, if the ignition
switch is ON or all doors are locked, the
light will go out immediately.
If a door is opened with the ignition
switch in the ACC or LOCK position, the
light stays on for about 20 minutes.
However, if a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ON position, the
light stays on continuously.
• OFF (3)
The light stays off at all times even when
a door is opened.
Type B
• ON (1)
The light stays on at all times.
• DOOR (2)
The light comes on when any door is
opened.
• OFF (3)
The light stays off at all times even when
a door is opened.
CAUTION
Do not leave the switch in this posi-
tion for an extended period of time
when the engine is not running.
OTD049086
Features of your vehicle
624
D210300AFD
Luggage room lamp (if equipped)
The luggage room lamp comes on when
the tailgate is opened.
D210500AUN
Glove box lamp (if equipped)
The glove box lamp comes on when the
glove box is opened.
The parking lights or headlights must be
ON for the glove box lamp to function.
OPB049076/HOPB049075
463
Features of your vehicle
D220000AHM
NOTICE
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to “Windshield
Defrosting and Defogging” in this sec-
tion.
D220100AEN
Rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
interior and exterior of the rear window,
while the engine is running.
To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster button
located in the center facia switch panel.
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates when the
defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of snow on
the rear window, brush it off before oper-
ating the rear defroster.
The rear window defroster automatically
turns off after approximately 20 minutes
or when the ignition switch is turned off.
To turn off the defroster, press the rear
window defroster button again.
D220101AEN
Outside rearview mirror defroster
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the out-
side mirror defrosters, they will operate
at the same time you turn on the rear
window defroster
.
DEFROSTER
OPB049077
OPB049078
Type A
Type B
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the conduc-
tors bonded to the inside surface of
the rear window, never use sharp
instruments or window cleaners
containing abrasives to clean the
window.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, operate the defroster
only while the engine is running.
Features of your vehicle
644
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
OPB049079
D230000AFD
1. Mode selection knob
2. Fan speed control knob
3. Temperature control knob
* : if equipped
4. Air conditioning button*
5. Air intake control button (recirculated air
position or outside (fresh) air position)
6. Rear window defroster button
465
Features of your vehicle
D230100APB
Heating and air conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heat-
ing and cooling :
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air or recirculated air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system (if equipped)
on.
OPB049080R
Features of your vehicle
664
D230101APB
Mode selection
The mode selection knob controls the
direction of the air flow through the venti-
lation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard
outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are
used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor,
Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.
Face-Level (B,D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper body
and face. Additionally, each outlet can be
controlled to direct the air discharged
from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, D, C)
Air flow is discharged towards the face and
floor.
Floor-Level (C, A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
directed to the windshield and side win-
dow defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor
and the windshield with a small amount
directed to the side window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or closed
separately using the thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of air
delivered from these vents using the vent
control lever as shown.
OPB049081 OPB049082R
467
Features of your vehicle
D230102APB
Temperature control
The temperature control knob allows you
to control the temperature of the air flow-
ing from the ventilation system.
To
change the air temperature in the pas-
senger compartment, turn the knob to
the right for warm air or left for cooler air.
D230103APB
Air intake control
This is used to select outside (fresh) air
position or recirculated air position.
T
o change the air intake control position,
push the control button.
Recirculated air position
The indicator light on the
button illuminates when the
recirculated air position is
selected.
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
the passenger compartment
will be drawn through the
heating system and heated
or cooled according to the
function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
The indicator light on the
button will not illuminate
when the outside (fresh) air
position is selected.
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air enters
the vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled accord-
ing to the function selected.
OPB049083 OPB049084
Features of your vehicle
684
NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in the
recirculated air position (without air
conditioning selected) may cause fog-
ging of the windshield and side windows
and the air within the passenger com-
partment may become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in excessive-
ly dry air in the passenger compart-
ment.
D230104AUN
Fan speed control
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for fan operation.
The fan speed control knob allows you to
control the fan speed of the air flowing
from the ventilation system.
To change
the fan speed, turn the knob to the right
for higher speed or left for lower speed.
Setting the fan speed control knob to the
“0” position turns off the fan.
WARNING
Continuous operation of the cli-
mate control system in the recir-
culated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside the
vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
Do not sleep in a vehicle with the
air conditioning or heating sys-
tem on. It may cause serious
harm or death due to a drop in
the oxygen level and/or body
temperature.
Continuous operation of the cli-
mate control system in the recir-
culated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the air
intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
OPB049085
469
Features of your vehicle
D230105AHM
Air conditioning (if equipped)
Press the A/C button to turn the air con-
ditioning system on (indicator light will
illuminate).
To turn the air conditioning
system off, press the button again.
System operation
D230501AUN
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the position.
2.
Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
D230502APB
Heating
1. Set the mode to the position.
2.
Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
If the windshield fogs up, set the mode
to the
, position.
Operation Tips
To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the
ventilation system, temporarily set the
air intake control to the recirculated air
position. Be sure to return the control
to the fresh air position when the irri-
tation has passed to keep fresh air in
the vehicle. This will help keep the driv-
er alert and comfortable.
Air for the heating/cooling system is
drawn in through the grilles just ahead
of the windshield. Care should be
taken that these are not blocked by
leaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.
To prevent interior fog on the wind-
shield, set the air intake control to the
fresh air position and fan speed to the
desired position, turn on the air condi-
tioning system, and adjust the temper-
ature control to a desired temperature.
OPB049086
Features of your vehicle
704
D230503APB
Air conditioning (if equipped)
All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems
are filled with environment
ally friendly
R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-
age the ozone layer.
1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-
tioning button.
2. Set the mode to the position.
3. Set the air intake control to the recir-
culated air position. However, pro-
longed operation of the recirculated air
position will excessively dry the air. In
this case, change the air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-
perature control to maintain maximum
comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired, set
the temperature control to the extreme
left, set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position, then set the
fan speed control to the highest speed.
NOTICE
While using the air conditioning sys-
tem, monitor the temperature gauge
closely while driving up hills or in
heavy traffic when outside tempera-
tures are high. Air conditioning sys-
tem operation may cause engine over-
heating. Continue to use the blower
fan but turn the air conditioning sys-
tem off if the temperature gauge indi-
cates engine overheating.
While opening the windows in humid
weather air conditioning may create
water droplets inside the vehicle.
Since excessive water droplets may
cause damage to electrical equipment,
air conditioning should only be used
with the windows closed.
Air conditioning system operation tips
If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows for a short time to let the hot
air inside the vehicle escape.
To help reduce moisture inside of the
windows on rainy or humid days,
decrease the humidity inside the vehi-
cle by operating the air conditioning
system.
During air conditioning system opera-
tion, you may occasionally notice a
slight change in engine speed as the
air conditioning compressor cycles.
This is a normal system operation
characteristic.
Use the air conditioning system every
month only for a few minutes to ensure
maximum system performance.
When using the air conditioning sys-
tem, you may notice clear water drip-
ping (or even puddling) on the ground
under the passenger side of the vehi-
cle. This is a normal system operation
characteristic.
Operating the air conditioning system
in the recirculated air position provides
maximum cooling, however, continual
operation in this mode may cause the
air inside the vehicle to become stale.
During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and humid air
intake. This is a normal system opera-
tion characteristics.
471
Features of your vehicle
D230300APB
Climate control air filter
(if equipped)
The climate control air filter installed in
your vehicle filters the dust or other pol-
lutants that come into the vehicle from
the outside through the heating and air
conditioning system. If dust or other pol-
lutants accumulate in the filter over a
period of time, the air flow from the air
vents may decrease, resulting in mois-
ture accumulation inside of the wind-
shield even when the outside (fresh) air
position is selected. If this happens, have
the climate control air filter replaced by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule in section 7.
If the vehicle is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty, rough roads,
more frequent climate control air fil-
ter inspections and changes are
required.
When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
D230400APB
Checking the amount of air con-
ditioner refrigerant and compres-
sor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning is
reduced. Overfilling also has a negative
impact on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, damage to the compressor
and abnormal system operation may
occur.
OPB049140L
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Climate control
air filter
Blower
Evaporator
core
Heater core
WARNING
The air conditioning system should
be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Improper service
may cause serious injury to the
person performing the service.
Features of your vehicle
724
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
1. Temperature control knob
2. AUTO (automatic control) button
3. OFF button
4. Front windshield defroster button
5. Mode selection button
6. Rear window defroster button
7. Fan speed control knob
8. Air conditioning button
9. Air intake control button
10. Climate control display
OPB049087
D240000AFD
473
Features of your vehicle
D240100APB
Automatic heating and air condi-
tioning
The automatic climate control system is
controlled by simply setting the desired
temperature.
The Full Automatic Temperature Control
(FATC) system automatically controls the
heating and cooling system as follows:
1. Press the AUTO button. The modes,
fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-
tioning will be controlled automatically
by setting the temperature.
2. Set the temperature control knob to
the desired temperature.
If the temperature is set to the lowest
setting (Lo), the air conditioning sys-
tem will operate continuously.
3. To turn the automatic operation off,
select any button or knob of the fol-
lowing:
• Mode selection button
• Air conditioning button
• Front windshield defroster button
Air intake control button
• Fan speed control knob
The selected function will be controlled
manually while other functions operate
automatically.
For your convenience and to improve the
effectiveness of the climate control, use
the AUTO button and set the tempera-
ture to 23°C (73°F).
Regardless of the temperature setting,
when using automatic operation, the air
conditioning system can automatically
turn on to decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle, even if the temperature is set
to warm.
NOTICE
Never place anything over the sensor
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating and
cooling system.
OUN026312OPB049088
Features of your vehicle
744
D240200APB
Manual heating and air condition-
ing
The heating and cooling system can be
controlled manually by pushing buttons
other than the AUTO button. In this case,
the system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons selected.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heat-
ing and cooling :
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air or recirculated air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to con-
vert to full automatic control of the sys-
tem.
D240201AFD
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls the
direction of the air flow through the venti-
lation system.
Every time you press the mode selection
button, the mode will change as follows:
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper body
and face.
Additionally, each outlet can be
controlled to direct the air discharged
from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, D, C)
Air flow is discharged towards the face and
floor.
Floor-Level (C, A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor.
OPB049090
475
Features of your vehicle
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor
and the windshield with a small amount
directed to the side window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield.
Refer to the illustration in the “Manual
climate control system”.
Maximum (MAX) defrost mode
When you select the MAX defrost mode,
the following system settings will be
made automatically;
The air conditioning system will turn on.
The outside(fresh) air position will be
selected.
The fan speed will be set to the high
speed.
To turn the MAX defrost mode off, press
the mode selection button or MAX
defrost button again or AUTO button.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or closed
separately using the thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of air
delivered from these vents using the vent
control lever as shown.
OPB049091 OPB049082R
Features of your vehicle
764
D240202APB
Temperature control
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by turning the knob to the
extreme right.
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to the
extreme lef
t.
When you turn the knob, the temperature
will increase or decrease by 0.5°C (1°F).
Temperature conversion
You can switch the temperature mode
between Centigrade to Fahrenheit as fol-
lows:
While pressing the OFF button, press the
AUTO button for 3 seconds or more.
The display will change from Centigrade
to Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to
Centigrade.
If the battery has been discharged or dis-
connected, the temperature mode dis-
play will reset to Centigrade.
D240203APB
Air intake control
This is used to select outside (fresh) air
position or recirculated air position.
T
o change the air intake control position,
press the control button.
OPB049094 OPB049095
477
Features of your vehicle
Recirculated air position
The indicator light on the
button illuminates when the
recirculated air position is
selected.
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
the passenger compartment
will be drawn through the
heating system and heated
or cooled according to the
function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
The indicator light on the
button will not illuminate
when the outside (fresh) air
position is selected.
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air enters
the vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled accord-
ing to the function selected.
NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in the
recirculated air position (without air
conditioning selected) may cause fog-
ging of the windshield and side windows
and the air within the passenger com-
partment may become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air con-
ditioning with the recirculated air posi-
tion selected, will result in excessively
dry air in the passenger compartment.
WARNING
• Continuous operation of the cli-
mate control system in the recircu-
lated air position may allow humid-
ity to increase inside vehicle which
may fog the glass and obscure vis-
ibility.
Do not sleep in a vehicle with air
conditioning or heating system on.
It may cause serious harm or death
due to a drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
• Continuous operation of the cli-
mate control system in the reciru-
clated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the air
intake control to the outside (fresh)
air position as much as possible
while driving.
Features of your vehicle
784
D240205APB
Fan speed control
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for fan operation.
The fan speed control knob allows you to
control the fan speed of the air flowing
from the ventilation system.
To change
the fan speed, turn the knob to the right
for higher speed or left for lower speed.
D240206AHM
Air conditioning
Press the A/C button to turn the air con-
ditioning system on (indicator light will
illuminate).
Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system of
f.
D240208APB
OFF mode
Press the OFF button to turn off the cli-
mate control system. However you can
still operate the mode and air int
ake but-
tons as long as the ignition switch is in
the ON position.
OPB049096
OPB049097
OPB049098
479
Features of your vehicle
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
D250000AHM
For maximum defrosting, set the temper-
ature control to the extreme right/hot
position and the fan speed control to the
highest speed.
If warm air to the floor is desired while
defrosting or defogging, set the mode to
the floor-defrost position.
Before driving, clear all snow and ice from
the windshield, rear window, outside rear
view mirrors, and all side windows.
Clear all snow and ice from the hood and
air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater
and defroster efficiency and to reduce the
probability of fogging up inside of the
windshield.
Manual climate control system
D250101AFD
To defog inside windshield
1. Select any fan speed except “0” posi-
tion.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the
position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-
tioning (if equipped) will be selected
automatically.
If the air-conditioning (if equipped) and
outside (fresh) air position are not select-
ed automatically, press the correspon-
ding button manually.
D250102AFD
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2.
Set the temperature to the extreme
hot position.
3. Select the position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-
tioning will be selected automatically.
OPB049099
WARNING - Windshield
heating
Do not use the or position
during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The dif-
ference between the temperature of
the outside air and the windshield
could cause the outer surface of
the windshield to fog up, causing
loss of visibility. In this case, set
the mode selection knob or button
to the position and fan speed
control knob or button to the lower
speed.
OPB049100
Features of your vehicle
804
Automatic climate control system
D250201APB
To defog inside windshield
1. Select desired fan speed.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. The air-conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature, outside (fresh) air posi-
tion and higher fan speed will be
selected automatically.
If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) air
position and higher fan speed are not
selected automatically, adjust the corre-
sponding button or knob manually.
If the position is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.
D250202APB
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-
tion.
2.
Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The air-conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature and outside (fresh) air
position will be selected automatically.
If the position is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.
OPB049101 OPB049102
481
Features of your vehicle
D270000APB
D270100APB
Center console storage
(if equipped)
These compartments can be used to
store small items.
D270200AEN
Glove box
To open the glove box, pull the handle
and the glove box will automatically
open. Close the glove box after use.
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other flam-
mable/explosive materials in the
vehicle. These items may catch fire
and/or explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
CAUTION
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
Always keep the storage com-
partment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to place
so many items in the storage
compartment that the storage
compartment cover can not close
securely.
OPB049106/H
WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.
OPB049105/H
OPB049114/H
Features of your vehicle
824
Glove box cooling (if equipped)
You can keep beverage cans or other
items warm or cool using the open/close
lever of the vent inst
alled in the glove
box.
1. Turn on the fan control switch.
2. Set the air flow control to the face
( ) mode.
3. Turn the open/close lever of the vent
installed in the glove box to the open
position.
(1) OPEN
(2) CLOSE
4. Set the temperature control to warm or
cool.
When the cool box is not used, turn the
lever to its closed position.
NOTICE
While using the cooling function, a small
amount of condensed moisture could
damage your pieces of paper.
D270400APB
Multi box
To open the cover, pull the lever.
OPB049141/H OPB049108/H
483
Features of your vehicle
D270500APB
Luggage box (if equipped)
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector tri-
angle, tools, etc. in the box for easy
access.
To use the luggage box, lift the floor
cover of the luggage compartment.
OPB049110L
Features of your vehicle
844
D280100APB
Cigarette lighter (if equipped)
For the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-
tion switch must be in the ACC or ON
position.
To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the
way into its socket. When the element is
heated, the lighter will pop out to the
"ready" position.
If it is necessary to replace the cigarette
lighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAI
replacement or its approved equivalent.
D280200APB
Ashtray (if equipped)
To use the ashtray, open the cover.
To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it out.
INTERIOR FEATURES
OPB049111/H
CAUTION
Only a genuine HYUNDAI lighter
should be used in the cigarette
lighter socket. The use of plug-in
accessories (shavers, hand-held
vacuums, and coffee pots, for
example) may damage the socket
or cause electrical failure.
OPB049112/H
WARNING - Ashtray use
Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays
as waste receptacles.
Putting lit cigarettes or matches
in an ashtray with other com-
bustible materials may cause fire.
WARNING
Do not hold the lighter in after it
is already heated because it will
overheat.
• If the lighter does not pop out
within 30 seconds, remove it to
prevent overheating.
485
Features of your vehicle
D280300APB
Cup holder
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
D280400APB
Sunvisor
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use a sunvisor for a side window, pull
it downward, unsnap it from the bracket
(1) and swing it to the side (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
visor and slide the mirror cover (3) (if
equipped).
The ticket holder (4) is provided for hold-
ing a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)
WARNING - Hot liquids
Do not place uncovered cups of
hot liquid in the cup holder while
the vehicle is in motion. If the hot
liquid spills, you may burn your-
self. Such a burn to the driver
could lead to loss of control of
the vehicle.
• To reduce the risk of personal
injury in the event of a sudden
stop or collision, do not place
uncovered or unsecured bottles,
glasses, cans, etc., in the cup
holder while the vehicle is in
motion.
OPB049115ROPB049113/H
Features of your vehicle
864
D280700AFD
Shopping bag holder (if equipped)
CAUTION - Vanity mirror
lamp (if equipped)
Close the vanity mirror cover
securely and return the sunvisor to
its original position after use. If the
vanity mirror is not closed securely,
the lamp will stay on and could
result in battery discharge and pos-
sible sunvisor damage.
CAUTION
Do not hang a bag weighing more
than 3 kg (7 lbs.). It may cause dam-
age to the shopping bag holder.
OPB049130
OPB049119
Rear
Front
487
Features of your vehicle
D280800AHM
Clothes hanger
D281000AFD
Luggage net (holder)
(if equipped)
To keep items from shifting in the cargo
area, you can use the four holders locat-
ed in the cargo area to attach the lug-
gage net.
If necessary, contact your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggage net.
OPB049120
CAUTION
Do not hang heavy clothes, the
hook may be damaged.
OPB049138
OPB049139
OPB049142
Features of your vehicle
884
D281100APB
Cargo area cover (if equipped)
Nothing should be carried on top of the
cover. Loose materials could injure vehi-
cle occupants during sudden braking.
The cargo area cover can be upright or
removed.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods or
the vehicle, care should be taken
when carrying fragile or bulky
objects in the luggage compart-
ment.
WARNING
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over-
stretch. The luggage net ALWAYS
keep your face and body out of the
luggage net’s recoil path. DO NOT
use when the strap has visible
signs of wear or damage.
CAUTION
Do not put the luggage on the cover
since it may be damaged or mal-
formed.
OPB049123 OPB049124
WARNING
Do not place objects on the cargo
area cover. Such objects may be
thrown about inside the vehicle
and possibly injure vehicle occu-
pants during an accident or brak-
ing.
Never allow anyone to ride in the
luggage compartment. It is
designed for luggage only.
489
Features of your vehicle
Antenna
D300102APB
Roof antenna
Your car uses a roof antenna to receive
both
AM and FM broadcast signals. This
antenna is a removable type. To remove
the antenna, turn it counterclockwise. To
install the antenna, turn it clockwise.
D300200APB
Audio remote control
(if equipped)
The steering wheel audio remote control
button is installed to promote safe driv-
ing.
AUDIO SYSTEM
CAUTION
Before entering a place with a low
height clearance, be sure that the
antenna is removed.
Be sure to remove the antenna
before washing the vehicle in an
automatic car wash or it may be
damaged.
When reinstalling your antenna, it
is important that it is fully tight-
ened and adjusted to the upright
position to ensure proper recep-
tion. But it could be removed
when parking the vehicle.
OPB049135 OPB049131
CAUTION
Do not operate the audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.
Features of your vehicle
904
VOL (+, -) (1)
Press the up button (+) to increase the
volume.
Press the down button (-) to decrease
the volume.
MUTE (2)
Press the MUTE button to cancel the
sound.
Press the MUTE button again to acti-
vate the sound.
D300205APB
MODE (3)
Press the button to select Radio or CD
(comp
act disc).
SEEK ( / ) (4)
The SEEK button has different functions
base on the system mode. For the fol-
lowing functions the button should be
pressed for 0.8 second or more.
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK select
button.
CDP mode
It will function as the FF/REW button.
If the SEEK button is pressed for less
than 0.8 second, it will work as follows in
each mode.
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION
select buttons.
CDP mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWN
button.
Detailed information for audio control
buttons is described in the following
pages in this section.
491
Features of your vehicle
D281400AFD
Aux, USB and iPod
(if equipped)
If your vehicle has an aux and/or
USB(universal serial bus) port or iPod
port, you can use an aux port to connect
audio devices and an USB port to plug in
an USB and also an iPod port to plug in
an iPod.
NOTICE
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise may
occur during playback. If this happens,
use the power source of the portable
audio device.
OPB049118R
OPB049136R
Type B
Type A
Features of your vehicle
924
D300800AFD-EA
How car audio works
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast
from transmitter towers located around your
city. They are intercepted by the radio
antenna on your car. This signal is then
received by the radio and sent to your car
speakers.
When a strong radio signal has reached
your vehicle, the precise engineering of
your audio system ensures the best pos-
sible quality reproduction. However, in
some cases the signal coming to your
vehicle may not be strong and clear. This
can be due to factors such as the dis-
tance from the radio station, closeness of
other strong radio stations or the pres-
ence of buildings, bridges or other large
obstructions in the area.
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts.
This is because AM radio waves are
transmitted at low frequencies. These
long, low frequency radio waves can fol-
low the curvature of the earth rather than
travelling straight out into the atmos-
phere. In addition, they curve around
obstructions so that they can provide bet-
ter signal coverage.
FM broadcasts are transmitted at high
frequencies and do not bend to follow the
earth's surface. Because of this, FM
broadcasts generally begin to fade at
short distances from the station. Also,
FM signals are easily affected by build-
ings, mountains, or other obstructions.
These can result in certain listening con-
ditions which might lead you to believe a
problem exists with your radio. The fol-
lowing conditions are normal and do not
indicate radio trouble:
¢¢¢
JBM001
¢¢¢
¢¢¢
JBM002 JBM003
FM reception AM reception FM radio station
493
Features of your vehicle
Fading - As your car moves away from
the radio station, the signal will weaken
and sound will begin to fade. When this
occurs, we suggest that you select
another stronger station.
Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the trans-
mitter and your radio can disturb the
signal causing static or fluttering nois-
es to occur. Reducing the treble level
may lessen this effect until the distur-
bance clears.
• Station Swapping - As a FM signal
weakens, another more powerful sig-
nal near the same frequency may
begin to play. This is because your
radio is designed to lock onto the clear-
est signal. If this occurs, select anoth-
er station with a stronger signal.
Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals
being received from several directions
can cause distortion or fluttering. This
can be caused by a direct and reflect-
ed signal from the same station, or by
signals from two stations with close
frequencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition has
passed.
Using a cellular phone or a two-
way radio
When a cellular phone is used inside the
vehicle, noise may be produced from the
audio equipment. This does not mean
that something is wrong with the audio
equipment. In such a case, use the cellu-
lar phone at a place as far as possible
from the audio equipment.
¢¢¢
JBM004 JBM005
CAUTION
When using a communication sys-
tem such a cellular phone or a radio
set inside the vehicle, a separate
external antenna must be fitted.
When a cellular phone or a radio set
is used with an internal antenna
alone, it may interfere with the vehi-
cle's electrical system and adverse-
ly affect safe operation of the vehi-
cle.
WARNING
Don't use a cellular phone when
you are driving. You must stop at a
safe place to use a cellular phone.
Features of your vehicle
944
Care of disc
If the temperature inside the car is too
high, open the car windows for ventilation
before using your car audio.
It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMA
files without permission. Use CDs that
are created only by lawful means.
Do not apply volatile agents such as
benzene and thinner, normal cleaners
and magnetic sprays made for ana-
logue disc onto CDs.
To prevent the disc surface from get-
ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs by
the edges or the edges of the center
hole only.
Clean the disc surface with a piece of
soft cloth before playback (wipe it from
the center to the outside edge).
• Do not damage the disc surface or
attach pieces of sticky tape or paper
onto it.
Make sure on undesirable matter other
than CDs are inserted into the CD
player (Do not insert more than one
CD at a time).
Keep CDs in their cases after use to
protect them from scratches or dirt.
Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-
RW CDs, certain CDs may not operate
normally according to manufacturing
companies or making and recording
methods. In such circumstances, if you
still continue to use those CDs, they
may cause the malfunction of your car
audio system.
NOTICE - Playing an
Incompatible Copy-Protected
Audio CD
Some copy protected CDs, which do not
comply with the international audio CD
standards (Red Book), may not play on
your car audio. Please note that if you
try to play copy protected CDs and the
CD player does not perform correctly
the CDs maybe defective, not the CD
player.
495
Features of your vehicle
1. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control
Knob
2. FM/AM Selection Button
3. Automatic Channel Selection Button
4. Preset Button
5. AST(AUTO STORE) Button
6. SETUP Button
7. Manual Channel Selection Knob &
SETUP Button
8. SCAN Selection Button
RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL(PA710)
Except Europe
Features of your vehicle
964
1. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control
Knob
2. FM/AM Selection Button
3. Automatic Channel Selection Button
4. Preset Button
5. AST(AUTO STORE) Button
6. SETUP Button
7. Manual Channel Selection Knob &
SETUP Button
8. SCAN Selection Button
9. TA Selection Button
10. PTY(FLDR) Button
11. DARK Button
RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL(PA710R)
For Europe
497
Features of your vehicle
1. Power ON/OFF Button &
Volume Control Knob
Turns the Audio system on/off when
the ignition switch is on ACC or ON.
If the knob is turned clockwise/counter-
clockwise, the volume will be increase
/decrease.
2. FM/AM Selection Button
The FM/AM button toggles between FM
and AM. Listed below are the paths as
the system switches from FM to AM and
back to FM.
GENERAL MODEL
- FM/AM : FM1
FM2 AM FM1...
EUROPE MODEL
- FM/AM : FM1
FM2 MW LW
FM1...
3. Automatic Channel Selection
Button
When the [TRACK ] is pressed, it
will automatically tune to the next lower
station.
When the [SEEK ] is pressed, it will
automatically tune to the next higher
station.
4. Preset Button
Press [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-
ond to play the station saved in each
button.
Press [1]~[6] button more than 0.8 sec-
ond or longer to save current station to
the respective button with a beep.
5. AST(AUTO STORE) Button
• When AST is pressed, frequency is
stored on the preset memory [1]~[6]
and automatically plays a channel
stored on the Preset [1].
• If nothing has been stored because
there was no frequency received, will
return the previous frequency.
6. SETUP Button
Press and Rotate [AUDIO] repeatedly to
choose the desired mode.
If [AUDIO] is not pressed/rotated for 5
seconds after adjusting, the display auto-
matically returns to normal mode.
The SETUP menu changes the mode as
below.
AUDIO
Bass > 00
Middle > 00
Treble > 00
Fader > F=R
Balance > L=R
Scroll > ON
SDVC > OFF
RDS
AF > ON
REG > OFF
NEWS > OFF
Volume > +05
Return
Features of your vehicle
984
7. Manual Channel Selection
Knob & SETUP Button
If the knob is turned clockwise/counter-
clockwise, the frequency will be
increase/ decrease.
GENERAL MODEL
- AM 9kHz, FM 100kHz
EUROPE MODEL
- FM 50kHz, MW 9kHz, LW 1kHz
Pressing the button changes the BASS,
MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER, BALANCE,
SCROLL, SDVC and RDS(AF, REG
NEWS, RDS VOLUME) Tune mode. The
mode selected is shown on the display.
After selecting each mode, rotate the
Audio control knob clockwise or counter-
clockwise.
8. SCAN Button
If this button is pressed, the frequencies
will increase and receive the correspon-
ding broadcasts. This function will play
the frequencies for 5 seconds (XM
MODE:10 seconds) each and find other
broadcasts as the frequency increases.
Press the button again when you want to
continue listening to the currently playing
broadcast.
9. TA Selection Button
In FM, CD, AUX mode, turns on/off the
reception of TA channels of RDS.
10. PTY(FLDR) Button
Press [FLDR ] button when search-
ing PTY in RDS Broadcasting Program
Type selection.
Press [PTY ] button when searching
PTY in RDS Broadcasting Program
Type selection.
11. DARK Button
Turns on/off the displayed data and light
on the LCD.
When LCD display is turned OFF, press
any button to turn ON the display.
499
Features of your vehicle
1. CD Loading Slot
2. CD Eject Button
3. INFO Button
4. Automatic Track Selection Button
5. RANDOM Play Button
6. REPEAT Button
7. CD Selection Button
8. CD Indicator
9. FOLDER Moving Button
10. SEARCH Knob & ENTER Button
11. SCAN Play Button
12. AUX Selection Button
13. MUTE Selection Button
CDP, AUX(PA710)
Except Europe
Features of your vehicle
1004
1. CD Loading Slot
2. CD Eject Button
3. INFO Button
4. Automatic Track Selection Button
5. RANDOM Play Button
6. REPEAT Button
7. CD Selection Button
8. CD Indicator
9. FOLDER Moving Button
10. SEARCH Knob & ENTER Button
11. SCAN Play Button
12. AUX Selection Button
CDP, AUX(PA710R)
For Europe
4101
Features of your vehicle
1. CD Loading Slot
Please place the CD with the printed
side upward, and then gently push in.
CDP models support Only 12 cm CD.
• If VCD, Data CD, DVD are loaded,
"MEDIA ERROR" message will appear
and the CD will eject.
2. CD Eject Button
Press this button to eject the CD during
CD playback.
If there is no CD in the deck, "NO DISC"
will be displayed for 5 seconds and
returns to the previous mode.
3. INFO Button
Displays the information of the current
CD TRACK(FILE) as below when the
button is pressed each time.
CDDA : DISC TITLE
DISC ARTIST
TRACK TITLE TRACK ARTIST
TOTAL TRACK...
MP3/WMA : FILE NAME
TITLE
ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER NAME
TOTAL FILE... (not displayed if the
information is not available on the
DISC.)
4. Automatic Track Selection
Button
Press [TRACK ] to return to the
beginning of the current track(file).
Press again within 1 seconds to return
to the previous track(file).
Press and hold [TRACK ] to initiate
rewind search.
Press [SEEK ] for less than 0.8 sec-
ond to advance to the next track(file).
Press and hold [SEEK ] to initiate
fast forward search.
5. RANDOM Play Button
Press this button for less than 0.8 second
to activate ‘RDM’ mode and more than
0.8 second to activate ‘ALL RDM’ mode.
RDM : Only files/tracks in a folder/disc
are played in a random sequence.
ALL RDM(MP3/WMA Only) : All files in
a disc are played in random sequence.
6. REPEAT Button
Press this button for less than 0.8 second
to activate ‘RPT’ mode and more than
0.8 second to activate ‘FLD RPT’ mode.
RPT : Only a track(file) is repeatedly
played.
FLD RPT(MP3/WMA Only) : Only files
in a folder are repeatedly played.
7. CD Selection Button
If the CD is loaded, turns to CD mode. If
no CD, it displays "NO Disc" for 3 sec-
onds and returns to the previous mode.
8. CD Indicator
When the ignition switch is in the ACC or
ON position and if the CD is loaded, this
indicator illuminates.
CAUTION
Don’t insert a CD, if CD indicator is
lighted in the CDP.
Features of your vehicle
1024
9. FOLDER Moving Button
Folder name/File name(the first song in
the folder) is moved up or down from the
currently playing folder.
To select the displayed folder, press
ENTER(NO.10) button.
10. SEARCH Knob & ENTER
Button
Turn the knob clockwise to display the
Track NO(File name) after the current
song.
Turn the knob counterclockwise to dis-
play the Track NO(File Name) before
the current song.
To select the displayed song, press the
button.
11. SCAN Play Button
Plays the first 10 seconds of each song
in the CD. To cancel the mode, press
the button once again.
12. AUX Selection Button
If the auxiliary device is connected, it
turns to AUX mode from the other mode
to play the sound from the auxiliary play-
er. If no auxiliary device is connected, it
displays "NO Media" for 3 seconds and
returns to the previous mode.
13. MUTE Selection Button
Press the button to disable sound.
Press again or other buttons to enable
the sound again.
4103
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Using USB
device
To use the external USB device,
make sure the device is not con-
nected when starting the vehicle.
Connect the device after starting.
If you start the vehicle when the
USB device is mounted, it may
damage the USB device. (USB is
not ESA)
If the vehicle is started or turned
off while the external USB device
is connected, the external USB
device may not work.
It may not play inauthentic MP3 or
WMA files.
1) It can only play MP3 files with
the compression rate between
8Kbps~320Kbps.
2) It can only play WMA music
files with the compression rate
between 8Kbps~320Kbps.
Take cautions for static electricity
when connect or disconnect the
external USB device.
Encoded MP3 PLAYER is not rec-
ognizable.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Depending on the condition of
the external USB device, the con-
nected external USB device can
be unrecognizable.
• When the VHAPTTL byte/sector
setting of External USB devices is
not either 512byte or 2048byte,
then the device will not be recog-
nized.
• Use only a device formatted to
FAT 12/16/32.
USB device without USB I/F
(IMPLEMENTERS FORUM)
authentication may not be recog-
nizable.
• Make sure the USB connection
terminal does not come in con-
tact with human body or any
object.
If you repeat connecting or dis-
connecting USB device in a short
period of time, it may break the
device.
You might hear a strange noise
when connecting or disconnect-
ing USB device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
If you disconnect the external
USB device during playback in
USB mode, the external USB
device can be damaged or mal-
function. Therefore, connect the
external USB device when the
engine is turned off or in another
mode.
Depending on the type and
capacity of the external USB
device or the type of files stored
in the device, there is a difference
in the time taken for recognition
of the device, so you may have to
wait.
Do not use the USB device for
other purposes than playing
music files.
Use of USB accessories such as
recharger or heater using USB I/F
(IMPLEMENTERS FORUM) may
lower the performance or cause
trouble.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
1044
(Continued)
If you use devices such as a USB
hub you purchased separately,
the vehicle’s audio system may
not recognize the USB device.
Connect the USB device directly
to the multimedia terminal of the
vehicle.
If the USB device is divided by
logical drives, only the music
files on the highest-priority drive
are recognized by the vehicle’s
audio.
Devices such as MP3 Player/
Cellular phone/Digital camera,
those are not recognizable by
standard USB I/F (IMPLE-
MENTERS FORUM) can be unrec-
ognizable.
USB devices other than standard-
ized goods (METAL COVER TYPE
USB) can be unrecognizable.
USB flash memory reader (such
as CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or exter-
nal-HDD type devices can be
unrecognizable.
Music files protected by
DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE-
MENT) are not recognizable.
(Continued)
(Continued)
The data in the USB memory may
get lost while using this AUDIO. It
is recommended to back up
important data.
Please avoid using USB memory
products which can be used as
key chains or cellular phone
accessories as they could cause
damage to the USB jack. Please
make sure only to use plug type
connector products as shown
below.
4105
Features of your vehicle
1. INFO Selection Button
2. TRACK Moving Button
3. RANDOM Playback Button
4. REPEAT Button
5. USB Selection Button
6. FOLDER Moving Button
7. SEARCH Knob & ENTER Button
8. SCAN Selection Button
USING USB(PA710)
Except Europe
Features of your vehicle
1064
1. INFO Selection Button
2. TRACK Moving Button
3. RANDOM Playback Button
4. REPEAT Button
5. USB Selection Button
6. FOLDER Moving Button
7. SEARCH Knob & ENTER Button
8. SCAN Selection Button
USING USB(PA710R)
For Europe
4107
Features of your vehicle
1. INFO Selection Button
Displays the information of the file cur-
rently played in the order of FILE NAME
TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLD-
ER
TOTAL FILE NORMAL DISPLAY
FILE NAME ... (Displays no informa-
tion if the file has no song information.)
2. TRACK Moving Button
Press [TRACK ] to return to the
beginning of the current file.
Press again within 1 seconds to return
the previous file.
Press and hold [TRACK ] to initiate
rewind search.
Press [SEEK ] for less than 0.8 sec-
ond to advance to the next file.
Press and hold [SEEK ] to initiate
fast forward search.
3. RANDOM Playback Button
Press this button for less than 0.8 second
to activate 'RDM' mode and more than
0.8 second to activate 'ALL RDM' mode.
RDM : Only files in a folder are played
in random sequence.
ALL RDM : All files in a USB memory
are played in random sequence.
4. REPEAT Button
Press this button for less than 0.8 second
to activate 'RPT' mode and more than
0.8 second to activate 'FLD RPT' mode.
RPT : Only a file is repeatedly played.
FLD RPT : Only files in a folder are
repeatedly played.
5. USB Selection Button
If USB is connected, it switches to the
USB mode from the other mode to play
the song files stored in the USB. If CD
and auxiliary device is not connected, it
displays "NO Media" for 3 seconds and
returns to the previous mode.
6. FOLDER Moving Button
Folder name/File name(the first song
in the folder) is moved up or down from
currently playing folder.
To select the displayed folder, press
ENTER(NO.6) button.
7. SEARCH Knob & ENTER
Button
Turn this knob clockwise to display the
File name after the current song.
Turn this knob counterclockwise to dis-
play the File Name before the current
song.
To select the displayed song, press the
button.
8. SCAN Selection Button
Plays the first 10 seconds of each song
in the USB memory.
Features of your vehicle
1084
1. INFO Selection Button
2. TRACK Moving Button
3. RANDOM Playback Button
4. REPEAT Button
5. iPod Selection Button
6. CATEGORY Selection Button
7. SEARCH Knob & ENTER Button
RUNNING iPod (PA710)
Except Europe
iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.
4109
Features of your vehicle
1. INFO Selection Button
2. TRACK Moving Button
3. RANDOM Playback Button
4. REPEAT Button
5. iPod Selection Button
6. CATEGORY Selection Button
7. SEARCH Knob & ENTER Button
RUNNING iPod (PA710R)
For Europe
iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Features of your vehicle
1104
The iPod exclusive cable is connected to
the multiple terminal inside the console
on the left hand side of the driver's seat.
When the iPod is connected, the 'iPod'
icon will be displayed on the top left cor-
ner of the display screen.
1. INFO Selection Button
Displays the information of the file cur-
rently played in the order of TITLE
ARTIST ALBUM NORMAL DISPLAY
TITLE ... (Displays no information if
the file has no song information.)
2. TRACK Moving Button
Press [TRACK ] to return to the
beginning of the current file and press
again within 1 second to return the pre-
vious track file.
Press and hold [TRACK ] to initiate
rewind search.
Press [SEEK ] for less than 0.8 sec-
ond to advance to the next file.
Press and hold [SEEK ] to initiate
fast forward search.
3. RANDOM Playback Button
Press the button for less than 0.8 second
to activate or deactivate the random
playback of the songs within the current
category. Press the button for longer
than 0.8 second to randomly play all
songs in the entire album of the iPod.
Press the button once again to cancel
the mode.
4. REPEAT Button
Repeats the song currently played.
5. iPod Selection Button
If iPod is connected, it switches to the
iPod mode from the CD mode to play the
song files stored in the iPod. If CD and
auxiliary device is not connected, it dis-
plays "NO Media" for 3 seconds and
returns to the previous mode.
6. CATEGORY Selection Button
Moves to the upper category from cur-
rently playing category of the iPod. You
will be able to search through the lower
category of the selected category. The
order of iPod's category is SONG,
ALBUMS, ARTISTS, GENRES, and iPod.
7. SEARCH Knob & ENTER
Button
When you turn the button clockwise, it
will display the songs(category) next to
the song currently played(category in the
same level). Also, when you turn the but-
ton counterclockwise, it will display the
songs(category) before the song current-
ly played(category in the same level).
If you want to listen to the song displayed
in the song category, press the button,
then it will skip to the selected song.
4111
Features of your vehicle
NOTICE FOR USING iPod
DEVICE
Some iPod models might not sup-
port the communication protocol
and the files will not be played.
(iPod models supported: Mini, 4G,
Photo, Nano, 5G)
The order of search or playback of
songs in the iPod can be different
from the order searched in the
audio system.
If the iPod crashes due to its own
trouble, reset the iPod. (Reset:
Refer to iPod manual)
An iPod may not operate normally
on low battery.
CAUTION IN USING
iPod DEVICE
You need the power cable exclu-
sive for an iPod in order to oper-
ate an iPod with the buttons on
the audio system. The PC cable
provided by Apple may cause a
malfunction and do not use it for
vehicle use.
When connecting the device with
an iPod cable, push in the jack
fully not to interfere with commu-
nication.
When adjusting the sound effects
of an iPod and the audio system,
the sound effects of both devices
will overlap and might reduce or
distort the quality of the sound.
Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer
function of an iPod when adjust-
ing the audio system’s volume,
and turn off the equalizer of the
audio system when using the
equalizer of an iPod.
(Continued)
(Continued)
When the iPod cable is connected,
the system can be switched to the
AUX mode even without the iPod
device and can cause noise.
Disconnect the iPod cable when
you are not using the iPod device.
When the iPod is not used with the
audio system, the iPod cable has
to be separated from the iPod
device. Origin display of iPod may
not be displayed.
5
Before driving / 5-3
Key positions / 5-4
Starting the engine / 5-5
Manual transaxle / 5-7
Automatic transaxle / 5-10
Brake system / 5-15
Economical operation / 5-25
Special driving conditions / 5-27
Winter driving / 5-31
Trailer towing / 5-35
Vehicle weight / 5-43
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
25
E010000APB
WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!
Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-
dows immediately.
• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.
Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-
tion.
• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear
a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the
exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in your
garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area
with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are
kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.
53
Driving your vehicle
E020100AUN
Before entering vehicle
Be sure that all windows, outside mir-
ror(s), and outside lights are clean.
Check the condition of the tires.
Check under the vehicle for any sign of
leaks.
Be sure there are no obstacles behind
you if you intend to back up.
E020200AUN
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid
should be checked on a regular basis,
with the exact interval depending on the
fluid. Further details are provided in
Section 7, “Maintenance”.
E020300AHM
Before starting
Close and lock all doors.
Position the seat so that all controls
are easily reached.
Adjust the inside and outside rearview
mirrors.
Be sure that all lights work.
Check all gauges.
Check the operation of warning lights
when the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position.
Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light goes out.
For safe operation, be sure you are famil-
iar with your vehicle and its equipment.
BEFORE DRIVING
WARNING
All passengers must be properly
belted whenever the vehicle is
moving. Refer to “Seat belts” in
section 3 for more information on
their proper use.
WARNING
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people,
especially children, before putting
a vehicle into D (Drive) or R
(Reverse).
WARNING
When you intend to park or stop the
vehicle with the engine on, be care-
ful not to depress the accelerator
pedal for a long period of time. It
may overheat the engine or
exhaust system and cause fire.
WARNING - Driving under
the influence of alcohol or
drugs
Drinking and driving is dangerous.
Drunk driving is the number one
contributor to the highway death
toll each year. Even a small amount
of alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgement.
Driving while under the influence of
drugs is as dangerous or more dan-
gerous than driving drunk.
You are much more likely to have a
serious accident if you drink or
take drugs and drive.
If you are drinking or taking drugs,
don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-
er who has been drinking or taking
drugs. Choose a designated driver
or call a cab.
Driving your vehicle
45
Ignition switch position
E030201AUN
LOCK
The steering wheel locks to protect
against thef
t. The ignition key can be
removed only in the LOCK position.
When turning the ignition switch to the
LOCK position, push the key inward at
the ACC position and turn the key toward
the LOCK position.
E030202AUN
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-
trical accessories are operative.
NOTICE
If difficulty is experienced turning the
ignition switch to the ACC position, turn
the key while turning the steering wheel
right and left to release the tension.
E030203AUN
ON
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is st
arted. This is the
normal running position after the engine
is started.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the
engine is not running to prevent battery
discharge.
E030204APB
START
Turn the ignition switch to the START
position to st
art the engine. The engine
will crank until you release the key; then
it returns to the ON position. The brake
warning light can be checked in this posi-
tion.
E030205APB
KEY POSITIONS
OPB059002
WARNING - Ignition switch
• Never turn the ignition switch to
LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is
moving. This would result in loss of
directional control and braking
function, which could cause an
accident.
The anti-theft steering column lock
is not a substitute for the parking
brake. Before leaving the drivers
seat, always make sure the shift
lever is engaged in 1
st
gear for man-
ual transaxle or P (Park) for auto-
matic transaxle, set the parking
brake fully and shut the engine off.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement may occur if these pre-
cautions are not taken.
Never reach for the ignition switch,
or any other controls through the
steering wheel while the vehicle is
in motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in this area could
cause a loss of vehicle control, an
accident and serious bodily injury
or death.
Do not place any movable objects
around the drivers seat as they
may move while driving, interfere
with the driver and lead to an acci-
dent.
55
Driving your vehicle
E040000APB E040100AUN
Starting the gasoline engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the
clutch pedal fully and shift the
transaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutch
pedal and brake pedal depressed
while turning the ignition switch to the
start position.
Automatic Transaxle - Place the
transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
Depress the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
3. Turn the ignition switch to START and
hold it there until the engine starts (a
maximum of 10 seconds), then
release the key.
4. In extremely cold weather (below
-18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle has
not been operated for several days, let
the engine warm up without depress-
ing the accelerator.
Whether the engine is cold or warm, it
should be started without depressing
the accelerator.
STARTING THE ENGINE
WARNING
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski
boots,etc.) may interfere with your
ability to use the brake, accelerator
pedal, and clutch (if equipped).
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while the vehicle
is in motion, do not attempt to move
the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-
tion. If traffic and road conditions
permit, you may put the shift lever
in the N (Neutral) position while the
vehicle is still moving and turn the
ignition switch to the START posi-
tion in an attempt to restart the
engine.
CAUTION
Do not engage the starter for more
than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls
or fails to start, wait 5 to 10 seconds
before re-engaging the starter.
Improper use of the starter may
damage it.
Driving your vehicle
65
E040101APB
Starting the diesel engine
To start the diesel engine when the
engine is cold, it has to be pre-heated
before starting the engine and then has
to be warmed up before starting to drive.
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift
the transaxle into Neutral. Keep the
clutch pedal and brake pedal
depressed while turning the ignition
switch to the start position.
3. Turn the ignition switch
to the ON position to pre-
heat the engine. Then
the glow indicator light
will illuminate.
4. If the glow indicator light goes out, turn
the ignition switch to the START posi-
tion and hold it there until the engine
starts (a maximum of 10 seconds),
then release the key.
NOTICE
If the engine does not start within 10
seconds after the preheating is complet-
ed, turn the ignition key once more to
the LOCK position for 10 seconds, and
then to the ON position, in order to pre-
heat again.
NOTICE - Kick down mechanism
If your vehicle is equipped with a kick
down mechanism in an accelerator
pedal,it prevents you from driving at
full throttle unintentionally by making
the driver require increased effort to
depress the accelerator pedal. However
if you depress the pedal more than
approximately 80% the vehicle can be
full throttle and the accelerator pedal
will be easier to depress.This is not a
malfunction but a normal condition.
Starting and stopping the engine for tur-
bocharger intercooler
1. Do not race or accelerate the engine
immediately after starting it.
If the engine is cold, idle it for several
seconds before sufficient lubrication is
ensured in the turbocharger unit.
2. After high speed or extended driving,
requiring a heavy engine load, idle the
engine about 1 minute before turning it
off.
This idle time will allow the tur-
bocharger to cool prior to shutting the
engine off.
CAUTION
Do not turn the engine off immedi-
ately after it has been subjected to
a heavy load. Doing so may cause
severe damage to the engine or
turbo charger unit.
W-60
57
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
When downshifting from fifth
gear to fourth gear, caution
should be taken not to inadver-
tently press the shift lever side-
ways in such a manner that sec-
ond gear is engaged. Such a
drastic downshift may cause the
engine speed to increase to the
point that the tachometer will
enter the red-zone. Such over-
revving of the engine may possi-
bly cause engine damage.
Do not downshift more than 2
gears or downshift the gear when
the engine is running at high
speed (5,000 RPM or higher).
Such a downshifting may damage
the engine.
E050000AUN
E050100APB
Manual transaxle operation
The manual transaxle has 5 (or 6) for-
ward gears.
This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift
knob. The transaxle is fully synchronized
in all forward gears so shifting to either a
higher or a lower gear is easily accom-
plished.
Depress the clutch pedal down fully while
shifting, then release it slowly.
The shift lever must return to the neutral
position before shifting into R (Reverse).
The button (1) located below the shift
knob must be pressed upward while
moving the shift lever to the R (Reverse)
position. (Type B)
Make sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before shifting into R (Reverse).
Never operate the engine with the
tachometer (rpm) in the red zone.
MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)
OPB059003L
The button (1) must be pressed up
while moving the shift lever.
The shift lever can be moved without
pressing the button (1).
Type A
Type B
OPB059015
Driving your vehicle
85
During cold weather, shifting may be
difficult until the transaxle lubricant has
warmed up. This is normal and not
harmful to the transaxle.
If you've come to a complete stop and
it's hard to shift into 1st or R (Reverse),
put the shift lever in N (Neutral) posi-
tion and release the clutch. Depress
the clutch pedal back down, and then
shift into 1st or R (Reverse) gear posi-
tion.
E050101APB
Using the clutch
The clutch should be depressed all the
way to the floor before shif
ting, then
released slowly. The clutch pedal should
always be fully released while driving. Do
not rest your foot on the clutch pedal
while driving. This can cause unneces-
sary wear. Do not partially engage the
clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline.
This causes unnecessary wear. Use the
foot brake or parking brake to hold the
vehicle on an incline. Do not operate the
clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly.
E050102APB
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy traf-
fic or while driving up steep hills, down-
shif
t before the engine starts to labor.
Downshifting reduces the chance of
stalling and gives better acceleration
when you need to increase your speed
again. When the vehicle is traveling
down steep hills, downshifting helps
maintain safe speed and prolongs brake
life.
CAUTION
To avoid premature clutch wear
and damage, do not drive with
your foot resting on the clutch
pedal. Also, don’t use the clutch
to hold the vehicle on an uphill
grade, while waiting for a traffic
light, etc.
Do not use the shift lever as a
handrest during driving, as this
can result in premature wear of
the transaxle shift forks.
WARNING
Before leaving the drivers seat,
always set the parking brake fully
and shut the engine off. Then
make sure the transaxle is shifted
into 1st gear when the vehicle is
parked on a level or uphill grade,
and shifted into R (Reverse) on a
downhill grade. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are not
followed in the order identified.
If your vehicle has a manual
transaxle not equipped with a
ignition lock switch, it may move
and cause a serious accident
when starting the engine without
depressing the clutch pedal while
the parking brake is released and
the shift lever not in the N
(Neutral) position.
59
Driving your vehicle
E050200APB
Good driving practices
Never take the vehicle out of gear and
coast down a hill. This is extremely
hazardous. Always leave the vehicle in
gear.
Don't "ride" the brakes. This can cause
them to overheat and malfunction.
Instead, when you are driving down a
long hill, slow down and shift to a lower
gear. When you do this, engine braking
will help slow down the vehicle.
Slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. This will help avoid over-revving
the engine, which can cause damage.
Slow down when you encounter cross
winds. This gives you much better con-
trol of your vehicle.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift into
R (Reverse). The transaxle can be
damaged if you do not. To shift into R
(Reverse), depress the clutch, move
the shift lever to neutral, wait three
seconds, then shift to the R (Reverse)
position.
Exercise extreme caution when driving
on a slippery surface. Be especially
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and the vehicle to go out of control.
WARNING
Always buckle-up! In a collision,
an unbelted occupant is signifi-
cantly more likely to be seriously
injured or killed than a properly
belted occupant.
Avoid high speeds when corner-
ing or turning.
Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as sharp
lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
Losing control often occurs if two
or more wheels drop off the road-
way and the driver oversteers to
reenter the roadway.
In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before
pulling back into the travel lanes.
Never exceed posted speed lim-
its.
Driving your vehicle
105
E060000APB
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)
OPB059004R
Lock release button
Prevents shift lever movement
without first depressing the button.
O/D button
The lock release button must be pressed while moving the shift lever.
The shift lever can be moved without pressing the lock release button.
Always depress the brake pedal while shifting for your safety.
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting. (If your vehicle is equipped with the shift lock system.)
511
Driving your vehicle
E060100APB
Automatic transaxle operation
The automatic transaxle has 4 forward
speeds and one reverse speed. The indi-
vidual speeds are selected automatically,
depending on the position of the shift
lever.
To move the shift lever from the P (Park)
position, the brake pedal must be
depressed and the lock release button
must be pressed.
NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if
the battery has been disconnected, may
be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal
condition, and the shifting sequence will
adjust after shifts are cycled a few times
by the TCM (Transaxle Control
Module) or PCM (Powertrain Control
Module).
For smooth operation, depress the brake
pedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to a
forward or reverse gear.
E060101APB
Transaxle ranges
The indicator light in the instrument clus-
ter displays the shif
t lever position when
the ignition switch is in the ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into P (Park). This position locks
the transaxle and prevents the front
wheels from rotating.
WARNING - Automatic
transaxle
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for peo-
ple, especially children, before
shifting a shift lever into D (Drive)
or R (Reverse).
Before leaving the drivers seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then
set the parking brake fully and
shut the engine off. Unexpected
and sudden vehicle movement
can occur if these precautions
are not followed in the order iden-
tified.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your
transaxle, do not accelerate the
engine in R (Reverse) or any for-
ward gear position with the
brakes on.
When stopped on an upgrade, do
not hold the vehicle with engine
power. Use the service brake or
the parking brake.
Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P
(Park) into D (Drive), or R
(Reverse) when the engine is
above idle speed.
Driving your vehicle
125
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transaxle are not
engaged. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or service brakes are applied.
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving posi-
tion. The transaxle will automatically shift
through a 4-gear sequence, providing
the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing grades, depress the
accelerator fully, at which time the
transaxle will automatically downshift to
the next lower gear.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into D.
2 (Second Gear)
Use 2 (Second Gear) for more power
when climbing hills and for increased
braking when going down hills. This posi-
tion also helps reduce wheel spin on slip-
pery surfaces. When the shift lever is
placed in 2 (Second Gear), the transaxle
will automatically shift from first to sec-
ond gear.
L (Low)
Move the shift lever to this position in
hard pulling situations and for climbing
steep grades.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion will cause the
drive wheels to lock which will
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle.
Do not use the P (Park) position
in place of the parking brake.
Always make sure the shift lever
is latched in the P (Park) position
and set the parking brake fully.
Never leave a child unattended in
a vehicle.
CAUTION
The transaxle may be damaged if
you shift into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transaxle if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion, except when “Rocking the
Vehicle” explained in this section.
CAUTION
Do not exceed the recommended
maximum speed in 2 (Second Gear)
or L (Low). Operating the vehicle
above the maximum speed recom-
mended for 2 (Second Gear) or L
(Low) may cause excessive heat
which could damage the automatic
transaxle.
513
Driving your vehicle
E060104APB
O/D (Over Drive) system
(if equipped)
Pressing the O/D button cancels and
engages the overdrive system. When the
O/D system is cancelled, the O/D OFF
indicator illuminates and the transaxle
gear range is limited to 1st through 3rd.
The transaxle will not shif
t to the 4th gear
until the O/D button is pressed again to
release the switch.
When driving down a sloping road with
the transaxle in O/D (4th), you can
decrease the vehicle speed without
using the brakes by pressing the O/D
button.
When the ignition is switched OFF, the
O/D OFF mode is automatically can-
celled.
O/D OFF Indicator
This indicator light illumi-
nates in the instrument panel
when the O/D mode is can-
celled.
E060102APB
Shift lock system (if equipped)
For your safety, the automatic transaxle
has a shif
t lock system which prevents
shifting the transaxle out of P (Park) into
R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
To shift the transaxle out of P (Park) into
R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Press the lock release button and
move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, a chattering
noise near the shift lever may be heard.
This is a normal condition.
E060103AUN
Ignition key interlock system
(if equipped)
The ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in the P (Park)
position.
WARNING
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting out
of the P (Park) position into anoth-
er position to avoid inadvertent
motion of the vehicle which could
injure people in or around the vehi-
cle.
OPB059005R
O/D
OFF
Driving your vehicle
145
E060200APB
Good driving practices
Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-
tion with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift into
R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
Never take the vehicle out of gear and
coast down a hill. This may be
extremely hazardous. Always leave
the car in gear when moving.
Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunc-
tion. Instead, when you are driving
down a long hill, slow down and shift to
a lower gear. When you do this, engine
braking will help slow down the vehi-
cle.
Slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged.
Always use the parking brake. Do not
depend on placing the transaxle in P
(Park) to keep the vehicle from mov-
ing.
Exercise extreme caution when driving
on a slippery surface. Be especially
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and the vehicle to go out of control.
Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the accelera-
tor pedal.
E060203AFD
Moving up a steep grade from a stand-
ing start
To move up a steep grade from a stand-
ing st
art, depress the brake pedal, shift
the shift lever to D (Drive). Select the
appropriate gear depending on load
weight and steepness of the grade, and
release the parking brake. Depress the
accelerator gradually while releasing the
service brakes.
WARNING
Always buckle-up! In a collision,
an unbelted occupant is signifi-
cantly more likely to be seriously
injured or killed than a properly
belted occupant.
Avoid high speeds when corner-
ing or turning.
Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as sharp
lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
Losing control often occurs if two
or more wheels drop off the road-
way and the driver oversteers to
reenter the roadway.
In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before
pulling back into the travel lanes.
Never exceed posted speed lim-
its.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
may attempt to rock the vehicle free
by moving it forward and back-
ward. Do not attempt this proce-
dure if people or objects are any-
where near the vehicle. During the
rocking operation the vehicle may
suddenly move forward of back-
ward as it becomes unstuck, caus-
ing injury or damage to nearby peo-
ple or objects.
515
Driving your vehicle
E070100AUN
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
usage.
In the event that the power-assisted
brakes lose power because of a stalled
engine or some other reason, you can
still stop your vehicle by applying greater
force to the brake pedal than you nor-
mally would. The stopping distance, how-
ever, will be longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially depleted
each time the brake pedal is applied. Do
not pump the brake pedal when the
power assist has been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when neces-
sary to maintain steering control on slip-
pery surfaces.
E070101AUN
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate while the
vehicle is in motion, you can make an
emergency stop with the p
arking brake.
The stopping distance, however, will be
much greater than normal.
BRAKE SYSTEM
(Continued)
When descending a long or steep
hill, shift to a lower gear and
avoid continuous application of
the brakes. Continuous brake
application will cause the brakes
to overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking per-
formance.
Wet brakes may impair the vehi-
cle’s ability to sefely slow down;
the vehicle may also pull to one
side when the brakes are applied.
Applying the brakes lightly will
indicate whether they have been
affected in this way. Always test
your brakes in this fashion after
driving through deep water. To
dry the brakes, apply them lightly
while maintaining a safe forward
speed until brake performance
returns to normal.
WARNING - Parking brake
Applying the parking brake while
the vehicle is moving at normal
speeds can cause a sudden loss of
control of the vehicle. If you must
use the parking brake to stop the
vehicle, use great caution in apply-
ing the brake.
WARNING - Brakes
Do not drive with your foot rest-
ing on the brake pedal. This will
create abnormal high brake tem-
peratures, excessive brake lining
and pad wear, and increased
stopping distances.
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
165
E070102AUN
Disc brakes wear indicator
Your vehicle has disc brakes.
When your brake p
ads are worn and new
pads are required, you will hear a high-
pitched warning sound from your front
brakes or rear brakes (if equipped). You
may hear this sound come and go or it
may occur whenever you depress the
brake pedal.
Please remember that some driving con-
ditions or climates may cause a brake
squeal when you first apply (or lightly
apply) the brakes. This is normal and
does not indicate a problem with your
brakes.
E070106APB
Rear drum brakes (if equipped)
Your rear drum brakes do not have wear
indicators.
Therefore, have the rear
brake linings inspected if you hear a rub-
bing noise. Also have your rear brakes
inspected each time you change or
rotate your tires and when you have the
front brakes replaced.
Parking brake
E070201APB
Applying the parking brake
To engage the parking brake, first apply
the foot brake and then without pressing
the release button in, pull the p
arking
brake lever up as far as possible. In addi-
tion it is recommended that when parking
the vehicle on a gradient, the shift lever
should be positioned in the appropriate
low gear for manual transaxle vehicles or
in the P (Park) position for automatic
transaxle vehicles.
WARNING - Brake wear
This brake wear warning sound
means your vehicle needs service.
If you ignore this audible warning,
you will eventually lose braking
performance, which could lead to a
serious accident.
CAUTION
To avoid costly brake repairs, do
not continue to drive with worn
brake pads.
Always replace the front or rear
brake pads as pairs.
CAUTION
Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive brake
pad (or lining) and brake rotor wear.
OPB059006/H
517
Driving your vehicle
E070202APB
Releasing the parking brake
To release the parking brake, first apply
the foot brake and pull up the p
arking
brake lever slightly. Secondly press the
release button (1) and lower the parking
brake lever (2) while holding the button.
Check the brake warning light by turning
the ignition switch ON (do not start the
engine). This light will illuminate when
the parking brake is applied with the igni-
tion switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake
is fully released and the brake warning
light is off.
If the brake warning light remains on
after the parking brake is released while
the engine is running, there may be a
malfunction in the brake system.
Immediate attention is necessary.
If at all possible, stop driving the vehicle
immediately. If that is not possible, use
extreme caution while operating the vehi-
cle and only continue to drive the vehicle
until you can reach a safe location or
repair shop.
WARNING
To prevent unintentional move-
ment when stopped and leaving
the vehicle, do not use the shift
lever instead of the parking
brake. Set the parking brake AND
make sure the shift lever is
securely positioned in 1st (First)
gear or R (Reverse) for manual
transaxle equipped vehicles and
in P (Park) for automatic
transaxle equipped vehicles.
Never allow anyone who is unfa-
miliar with the vehicle to touch
the parking brake. If the parking
brake is released unintentionally,
serious injury may occur.
All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parking to avoid inadver-
tent movement of the vehicle
which can injure occupants or
pedestrians.
OPB059007R
W-75
Driving your vehicle
185
E070300APB
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
(if equipped)
The ABS continuously senses the speed
of the wheels. If the wheels are going to
lock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-
lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the
wheels.
When you apply your brakes under con-
ditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa-
tion in the brake pedal. This is normal
and it means your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum benefit
from your ABS in an emergency situa-
tion, do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to pump
your brakes. Depress your brake pedal
as hard as possible or as hard as the sit-
uation allows the ABS to control the force
being delivered to the brakes.
WARNING
ABS (or ESP) will not prevent acci-
dents due to improper or danger-
ous driving maneuvers. Even
though vehicle control is improved
during emergency braking, always
maintain a safe distance between
you and objects ahead. Vehicle
speeds should always be reduced
during extreme road conditions.
The braking distance for vehicles
equipped with an anti-lock braking
system (Electronic Stability
Program System) may be longer
than for those without it in the fol-
lowing road conditions.
During these conditions the vehicle
should be driven at reduced
speeds:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered
roads.
With tire chains installed.
On roads where the road surface
is pitted or has different surface
height.
(Continued)
(Continued)
The safety features of an ABS (or
ESP) equipped vehicle should not
be tested by high speed driving or
cornering. This could endanger the
safety of yourself or others.
519
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehicle
begins to move after the engine is start-
ed. These conditions are normal and
indicate that the anti-lock brake system
is functioning properly.
Even with the anti-lock brake system,
your vehicle still requires sufficient
stopping distance. Always maintain a
safe distance from the vehicle in front
of you.
Always slow down when cornering.
The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-
vent accidents resulting from exces-
sive speeds.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake system
may result in a longer stopping dis-
tance than for vehicles equipped with a
conventional brake system.
NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the engine
may not run as smoothly and the ABS
warning light may turn on at the same
time. This happens because of the low
battery voltage. It does not mean your
ABS has malfunctioned.
Do not pump your brakes!
Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
W-78
CAUTION
If the ABS warning light is on and
stays on, you may have a problem
with the ABS. In this case, howev-
er, your regular brakes will work
normally.
The ABS warning light will stay on
for approximately 3 seconds after
the ignition switch is ON. During
that time, the ABS will go through
self-diagnosis and the light will go
off if everything is normal. If the
light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS. Contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
CAUTION
When you drive on a road with
poor traction, such as an icy
road, and have operated your
brakes continuously, the ABS will
be active continuously and the
ABS warning light may illuminate.
Pull your vehicle over to a safe
place and stop the engine.
Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light is off, then your
ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a prob-
lem with the ABS. Contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
Driving your vehicle
205
E070500AHM-EE
Electronic stability program (ESP)
(If equipped)
The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
system is designed to stabilize the
vehicle during cornering maneuvers. ESP
checks where you are steering and where
the vehicle is actually going. ESP applies
the brakes on individual wheels and
intervenes with the engine management
system to stabilize the vehicle.
The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
system is an electronic system designed
to help the driver maintain vehicle control
under adverse conditions. It is not a
substitute for safe driving practices.
Factors including speed, road conditions
and driver steering input can all affect
whether ESP will be effective in
preventing a loss of control. It is still your
responsibility to drive and corner at
reasonable speeds and to leave a
sufficient margin of safety.
When you apply your brakes under con-
ditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa-
tion in the brake pedal. This is normal
and it means your ESP is active.
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehicle
begins to move after the engine is start-
ed. These conditions are normal and
indicate that the Electronic Stability
Program System is functioning proper-
ly.
WARNING
Never drive too fast according to
the road conditions or too quickly
when cornering. Electronic stability
program (ESP) will not prevent acci-
dents. Excessive speed in turns,
abrupt maneuvers and hydroplan-
ing on wet surfaces can still result
in serious accidents. Only a safe
and attentive driver can prevent
accidents by avoiding maneuvers
that cause the vehicle to lose trac-
tion. Even with ESP installed,
always follow all the normal precau-
tions for driving - including driving
at safe speeds for the conditions.
OPB059008R
521
Driving your vehicle
E070501AUN-EE
ESP operation
ESP ON condition
When the ignition is turned
ON, ESP and ESP OFF indi-
cator lights illuminate for
approximately 3 seconds,
then ESP is turned on.
Press the ESP OFF button for
at least half a second after
turning the ignition ON to turn
ESP off. (ESP OFF indicator
will illuminate). To turn the
ESP on, press the ESP OFF
button (ESP OFF indicator
light will go off).
When starting the engine,
you may hear a slight ticking
sound. This is the ESP per-
forming an automatic system
self-check and does not indi-
cate a problem.
When operating
When the ESP is in operation,
ESP indicator light blinks.
When the Electronic Stability
Program is operating properly,
you can feel a slight pulsation
in the vehicle. This is only the
effect of brake control and indi-
cates nothing unusual.
When moving out of the mud
or slippery road, pressing the
accelerator pedal may not
cause the engine rpm (revo-
lutions per minute) to
increase.
E070502APB
ESP operation off
ESP OFF state
To cancel ESP operation,
press the ESP OFF button
(ESP OFF indicator light illu-
minates).
• If the ignition switch is turned
to the LOCK position when
ESP is off, ESP remains off.
Upon restarting the engine,
the ESP will automatically
turn on again.
-
ESP
ESP
OFF
Driving your vehicle
225
E070503APB
Indicator light
When the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the indicator light illumi-
nates, then goes of
f if the ESP system is
operating normally.
The ESP indicator light blinks whenever
ESP is operating or illuminates when
ESP fails to operate.
ESP OFF indicator light comes on when
the ESP is turned off with the button.
E070504AUN-EE
ESP OFF usage
When driving
It’s a good idea to keep the ESP turned
on for daily driving whenever possible.
To turn ESP off while driving, press the
ESP OFF button while driving on a flat
road surface.
Never press the ESP OFF button while
ESP is operating (ESP indicator light
blinks).
If ESP is turned off while ESP is operat-
ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.
NOTICE
When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the ESP is
turned off (ESP OFF light illuminat-
ed). If the ESP is left on, it may pre-
vent the vehicle speed from increas-
ing, and result in false diagnosis.
Turning the ESP off does not affect
ABS or brake system operation.
ESP
ESP
OFF
ESP indicator light
ESP OFF indicator light
CAUTION
Driving with varying tire or wheel
sizes may cause the ESP system to
malfunction. When replacing tires,
make sure they are the same size
as your original tires.
WARNING
The Electronic Stability Program
system is only a driving aid; use
precautions for safe driving by
slowing down on curved, snowy, or
icy roads. Drive slowly and don’t
attempt to accelerate whenever the
ESP indicator light is blinking, or
when the road surface is slippery.
523
Driving your vehicle
E070600APB
Good braking practices
Check to be sure the parking brake is
not engaged and that the parking
brake indicator light is out before driv-
ing away.
Driving through water may get the
brakes wet. They can also get wet
when the vehicle is washed. Wet
brakes can be dangerous! Your vehicle
will not stop as quickly if the brakes are
wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle
to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns to
normal, taking care to keep the vehicle
under control at all times. If the braking
action does not return to normal, stop
as soon as it is safe to do so and call
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
assistance.
Don't coast down hills with the vehicle
out of gear. This is extremely haz-
ardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at all
times, use the brakes to slow down,
then shift to a lower gear so that
engine braking will help you maintain a
safe speed.
Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Resting
your foot on the brake pedal while driv-
ing can be dangerous because the
brakes might overheat and lose their
effectiveness. It also increases the
wear of the brake components.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while
you slow down. When you are moving
slowly enough for it to be safe to do so,
pull off the road and stop in a safe
place.
WARNING
Never press the ESP OFF button
while ESP is operating.
If the ESP is turned off while ESP is
operating, the vehicle may go out
of control.
To turn ESP off while driving, press
the ESP OFF button while driving
on a flat road surface.
WARNING
Whenever you leave or park your
vehicle, always set the parking
brake as far as possible and fully
engage the vehicle's transaxle
into the P (Park) position. If the
parking brake is not fully
engaged, the vehicle may move
inadvertently and injure yourself
and others.
All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parking to avoid inadver-
tent movement of the vehicle
which can injure occupants or
pedestrians.
Driving your vehicle
245
If your vehicle is equipped with an
automatic transaxle, don't let your
vehicle creep forward. To avoid creep-
ing forward, keep your foot firmly on
the brake pedal when the vehicle is
stopped.
Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake and
place the shift lever in P (automatic
transaxle) or in first or reverse gear
(manual transaxle). If your vehicle is
facing downhill, turn the front wheels
into the curb to help keep the vehicle
from rolling. If your vehicle is facing
uphill, turn the front wheels away from
the curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is
required by other conditions to keep
the vehicle from rolling, block the
wheels.
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged posi-
tion. This is most likely to happen when
there is an accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if the
brakes are wet. If there is a risk that
the parking brake may freeze, apply it
only temporarily while you put the shift
lever in P (automatic transaxle) or in
first or reverse gear (manual transaxle)
and block the rear wheels so the vehi-
cle cannot roll. Then release the park-
ing brake.
Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade
with the accelerator pedal. This can
cause the transaxle to overheat.
Always use the brake pedal or parking
brake.
525
Driving your vehicle
E100000APB
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where you
drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how many
kilometers (miles) you can get from a liter
(gallon) of fuel. To operate your vehicle
as economically as possible, use the fol-
lowing driving suggestions to help save
money in both fuel and repairs:
Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-
ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts
or full-throttle shifts and maintain a
steady cruising speed. Don't race
between stoplights. Try to adjust your
speed to the traffic so you don't have to
change speeds unnecessarily. Avoid
heavy traffic whenever possible.
Always maintain a safe distance from
other vehicles so you can avoid unnec-
essary braking. This also reduces
brake wear.
Drive at a moderate speed. The faster
you drive, the more fuel your vehicle
uses. Driving at a moderate speed,
especially on the highway, is one of the
most effective ways to reduce fuel con-
sumption.
Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal.
This can increase fuel consumption
and also increase wear on these com-
ponents. In addition, driving with your
foot resting on the brake pedal may
cause the brakes to overheat, which
reduces their effectiveness and may
lead to more serious consequences.
• Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pressure.
Incorrect inflation, either too much or
too little, results in unnecessary tire
wear. Check the tire pressures at least
once a month.
Be sure that the wheels are aligned
correctly. Improper alignment can
result from hitting curbs or driving too
fast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-
ment causes faster tire wear and may
also result in other problems as well as
greater fuel consumption.
Keep your vehicle in good condition.
For better fuel economy and reduced
maintenance costs, maintain your
vehicle in accordance with the mainte-
nance schedule in Section 7. If you
drive your vehicle in severe conditions,
more frequent maintenance is required
(see Section 7 for details).
Keep your vehicle clean. For maximum
service, your vehicle should be kept
clean and free of corrosive materials. It
is especially important that mud, dirt,
ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulate
on the underside of the vehicle. This
extra weight can result in increased
fuel consumption and also contribute
to corrosion.
Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary
weight in your vehicle. Weight reduces
fuel economy.
Don't let the engine idle longer than
necessary. If you are waiting (and not
in traffic), turn off your engine and
restart only when you're ready to go.
Remember, your vehicle does not
require extended warm-up. After the
engine has started, allow the engine to
run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-
ing the vehicle in gear. In very cold
weather, however, give your engine a
slightly longer warm-up period.
Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.
Lugging is driving too slowly in a very
high gear resulting engine bucking. If
this happens, shift to a lower gear.
Over-revving is racing the engine
beyond its safe limit. This can be
avoided by shifting at the recommend-
ed speeds.
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
Driving your vehicle
265
Use your air conditioning sparingly.
The air conditioning system is operat-
ed by engine power so your fuel econ-
omy is reduced when you use it.
Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset some of
this loss, slow down when driving in
these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-
dition is important both for economy and
safety. Therefore, have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer perform scheduled
inspections and maintenance.
WARNING - Engine off
during motion
Never turn the engine off to coast
down hills or anytime the vehicle is
in motion. The power steering and
power brakes will not function
properly without the engine run-
ning. Instead, keep the engine on
and downshift to an appropriate
gear for engine braking effect. In
addition, turning off the ignition
while driving could engage the
steering wheel lock resulting in
loss of vehicle steering which
could cause serious injury or
death.
527
Driving your vehicle
E110100APA
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions are
encountered such as water, snow, ice,
mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow
these suggestions:
Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-
tance for braking.
Avoid sudden braking or steering.
• When braking with non-ABS brakes
pump the brake pedal with a light up-
and-down motion until the vehicle is
stopped.
If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use
second gear. Accelerate slowly to
avoid spinning the drive wheels.
• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, or
other non-slip material under the drive
wheels to provide traction when stalled
in ice, snow, or mud.
E110200AEN
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to
free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn
the steering wheel right and left to clear
the area around your front wheels. Then,
shift back and forth between R (Reverse)
and any forward gear in vehicles
equipped with an automatic transaxle.
Do not race the engine, and spin the
wheels as little as possible. If you are still
stuck after a few tries, have the vehicle
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
engine overheating and possible dam-
age to the transaxle.
NOTICE
The ESP system (if equipped) should be
turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
WARNING - Downshifting
Downshifting with an automatic
transaxle, while driving on slippery
surfaces can cause an accident.
The sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid. Be
careful when downshifting on slip-
pery surfaces.
WARNING - ABS
Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
CAUTION
Prolonged rocking may cause
engine over-heating, transaxle
damage or failure, and tire damage.
WARNING - Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially
at speeds more than 56 km/h (35
mph). Spinning the wheels at high
speeds when the vehicle is station-
ary could cause a tire to overheat
which could result in tire damage
that may injure bystanders.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
may attempt to rock the vehicle free
by moving it forward and back-
ward. Do not attempt this proce-
dure if people or objects are any-
where near the vehicle. During the
rocking operation the vehicle may
suddenly move forward or back-
ward as it becomes unstuck, caus-
ing injury or damage to nearby peo-
ple or objects.
Driving your vehicle
285
E110300AUN
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in cor-
ners, especially when roads are wet.
Ideally, corners should always be taken
under gentle acceleration. If you follow
these suggestions, tire wear will be held
to a minimum.
E110400AUN
Driving at night
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight, here
are some important tips to remember:
Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as it
may be more difficult to see at night,
especially in areas where there may
not be any street lights.
Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare
from other driver's headlights.
Keep your headlights clean and prop-
erly aimed on vehicles not equipped
with the automatic headlight aiming
feature. Dirty or improperly aimed
headlights will make it much more diffi-
cult to see at night.
Avoid staring directly at the headlights
of oncoming vehicles. You could be
temporarily blinded, and it will take
several seconds for your eyes to read-
just to the darkness.
OUN056051/H OCM053010
529
Driving your vehicle
E110500AUN
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you’re not pre-
pared for the slick pavement. Here are a
few things to consider when driving in the
rain:
A heavy rainfall will make it harder to
see and will increase the distance
needed to stop your vehicle, so slow
down.
Keep your windshield wiping equip-
ment in good shape. Replace your
windshield wiper blades when they
show signs of streaking or missing
areas on the windshield.
If your tires are not in good condition,
making a quick stop on wet pavement
can cause a skid and possibly lead to
an accident. Be sure your tires are in
good shape.
Turn on your headlights to make it eas-
ier for others to see you.
Driving too fast through large puddles
can affect your brakes. If you must go
through puddles, try to drive through
them slowly.
If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking oper-
ation returns.
E110600AUN
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no high-
er than the bottom of the wheel hub.
Drive through any water slowly. Allow
adequate stopping distance because
brake performance may be affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several
times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
E110700AHM
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pressures
will result in overheating and possible
failure of the tires.
A
void using worn or damaged tires which
may result in reduced traction or tire fail-
ure.
NOTICE
Never exceed the maximum tire inflation
pressure shown on the tires.
1VQA3003/H 1VQA1004R
Driving your vehicle
305
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
High speed travel consumes more fuel
than urban motoring. Do not forget to
check both the engine coolant and
engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may over-
heat the engine.
WARNING
Underinflated or overinflated
tires can cause poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sud-
den tire failure leading to acci-
dents, injuries, and even death.
Always check the tires for proper
inflation before driving. For prop-
er tire pressures, refer to “Tires
and wheels” in section 8.
Driving on tires with no or insuffi-
cient tread is dangerous. Worn-
out tires can result in loss of
vehicle control, collisions, injury,
and even death. Worn-out tires
should be replaced as soon as
possible and should never be
used for driving. Always check
the tire tread before driving your
vehicle. For further information
and tread limits, refer to “Tires
and wheels” in section 7.
531
Driving your vehicle
E120000ASA
Severe weather conditions in the winter
result in greater wear and other prob-
lems. To minimize the problems of winter
driving, you should follow these sugges-
tions:
E120100AUN
Snowy or Icy conditions
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires or to
install tire chains on your tires. If snow
tires are needed, it is necessary to select
tires equivalent in size and type of the
original equipment tires. Failure to do so
may adversely affect the safety and han-
dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli-
cations, and sharp turns are potentially
very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine braking
to the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-
cations on snowy or icy roads may cause
skids. You need to keep sufficient dis-
tance between the vehicle in operation in
front and your vehicle. Also, apply the
brake gently. It should be noted that
installing tire chains on the tire will pro-
vide greater driving force, but will not pre-
vent side skids.
NOTICE
Tire chains are not legal in all states.
Check state laws before fitting tire
chains.
E120101AUN
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,
make sure they are radial tires of the
same size and load range as the original
tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels
to balance your vehicle’
s handling in all
weather conditions. Keep in mind that
the traction provided by snow tires on dry
roads may not be as high as your vehi-
cle's original equipment tires. You should
drive cautiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for max-
imum speed recommendations.
Do not install studded tires without first
checking local, state and municipal regu-
lations for possible restrictions against
their use.
WINTER DRIVING
WARNING - Snow tire size
Snow tires should be equivalent in
size and type to the vehicle's stan-
dard tires. Otherwise, the safety
and handling of your vehicle may
be adversely affected.
1VQA3005
Driving your vehicle
325
E120102ASA
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner
, they can be damaged by mount-
ing some types of snow chains on them.
Therefore, the use of snow tires is rec-
ommended instead of snow chains. Do
not mount tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels; snow
chains may cause damage to the
wheels. If snow chains must be used,
use wire-type chains with a thickness of
less than 15 mm (0.59 in). Damage to
your vehicle caused by improper snow
chain use is not covered by your vehicle
manufacturers warranty.
Install tire chains only on the front tires.
Chain installation
When installing chains, follow the manu-
facturer's instructions and mount them as
tightly as you can. Drive slowly with
chains installed. If you hear the chains
contacting the body or chassis, stop and
tighten them. If they still make contact,
slow down until it stops. Remove the
chains as soon as you begin driving on
cleared roads.
CAUTION
Make sure the snow chains are
the correct size and type for your
tires. Incorrect snow chains can
cause damage to the vehicle
body and suspension and may
not be covered by your vehicle
manufacturer warranty. Also, the
snow chain connecting hooks
may be damaged from contacting
vehicle components causing the
snow chains to come loose from
the tire. Make sure the snow
chains are SAE class “S” certi-
fied.
• Always check chain installation
for proper mounting after driving
approximately 0.5 to 1 km (0.3 to
0.6 miles) to ensure safe mount-
ing. Retighten or remount the
chains if they are loose.
WARNING
- Mounting chains
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away
from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
Hazard Warning flashers and place
a triangular emergency warning
device behind the vehicle if avail-
able. Always place the vehicle in P
(Park), apply the parking brake and
turn off the engine before installing
snow chains.
1JBA4068
533
Driving your vehicle
E120200AUN
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high quali-
ty ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling
system. It is the only type of coolant that
should be used because it helps prevent
corrosion in the cooling system, lubri-
cates the water pump and prevents
freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish
your coolant in accordance with the
maintenance schedule in section 7.
Before winter, have your coolant tested
to assure that its freezing point is suffi-
cient for the temperatures anticipated
during the winter.
E120300AEN
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the
battery system. Visually inspect the bat-
tery and cables as described in section 7.
The level of charge in your battery can
be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer or a service station.
E120400APB
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended that
a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be
used during cold weather. See section 8
for recommendations. If you aren't sure
what weight oil you should use, consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
E120500AUN
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect your spark plugs as described in
section 7 and replace them if necessary.
Also check all ignition wiring and compo-
nents to be sure they are not cracked,
worn or damaged in any way.
CAUTION
Chains that are the wrong size or
improperly installed can damage
your vehicle's brake lines, sus-
pension, body and wheels.
Stop driving and retighten the
chains any time you hear them
hitting the vehicle.
WARNING - Tire chains
The use of chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling.
Do not exceed 30 km/h (20 mph)
or the chain manufacturers rec-
ommended speed limit, whichev-
er is lower.
Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other
road hazards, which may cause
the vehicle to bounce.
Avoid sharp turns or locked-
wheel braking.
Driving your vehicle
345
E120600AUN
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an
approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into
the key opening. If a lock is covered with
ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing
fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is
frozen internally, you may be able to
thaw it out by using a heated key. Handle
the heated key with care to avoid injury.
E120700AFD
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window washer
system from freezing, add an approved
window washer anti-freeze solution in
accordance with instructions on the con-
tainer. Window washer anti-freeze is
available from an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do
not use engine coolant or other types of
anti-freeze as these may damage the
paint finish.
E120800APB
Don't let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged posi-
tion. This is most likely to happen when
there is an accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if the
brakes are wet. If there is a risk the park-
ing brake may freeze, apply it only tem-
porarily while you put the gear selector
lever in P (automatic transaxle) or in first
or reverse gear (manual transaxle) and
block the rear wheels so the vehicle can-
not roll. Then release the parking brake.
E120900AUN
Don't let ice and snow accumu-
late underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice
can build up under the fenders and inter-
fere with the steering. When driving in
severe winter conditions where this may
happen, you should periodically check
underneath the car to be sure the move-
ment of the front wheels and the steering
components is not obstructed.
E121000ASA
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the weath-
er, you should carry appropriate emer-
gency equipment. Some of the items you
may want to carry include tire chains, tow
straps or chains, flashlight, emergency
flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a
window scraper, gloves, ground cloth,
coveralls, a blanket, etc.
535
Driving your vehicle
E140000APB
If you are considering towing with your
vehicle, you should first check with your
country's Department of Motor Vehicles
to determine their legal requirements.
Since laws vary the requirements for
towing trailers, cars, or other types of
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for further
details before towing.
NOTICE - For Europe
The technically permissible maximum
load on the rear axle(s) may be
exceeded by not more than 15% and
the technically permissible maximum
laden mass of the vehicle may be
exceeded by not more than 10% or
100kg (220.4 lbs), whichever value is
lower. In this case, do not exceed 100
km/h (62.1 mph) for vehicle of catego-
ry M1 or 80 km/h (49.7 mph) for vehi-
cle of category N1.
When a vehicle of category M1 is tow-
ing a trailer, the additional load
imposed at the trailer coupling device
may cause the tire maximum load rat-
ings to be exceeded, but not by more
than 15%. In this case, do not exceed
100 km/h (62.1 mph) and increase the
tire inflation pressure by at least 0.2
bar.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify
what the vehicle trailering capacity is for
your vehicle, you should read the infor-
mation in “Weight of the trailer” that
appears later in this section.
Remember that trailering is different than
just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling,
durability, and fuel economy. Successful,
safe trailering requires correct equip-
ment, and it has to be used properly.
This section contains many time-tested,
important trailering tips and safety rules.
Many of these are important for your
safety and that of your passengers.
Please read this section carefully before
you pull a trailer.
Load-pulling components such as the
engine, transaxle, wheel assemblies,
and tires are forced to work harder
against the load of the added weight. The
engine is required to operate at relatively
higher speeds and under greater loads.
This additional burden generates extra
heat. The trailer also considerably adds
wind resistance, increasing the pulling
requirements.
TRAILER TOWING (FOR EUROPE)
CAUTION
Pulling a trailer improperly can
damage your vehicle and result in
costly repairs not covered by your
warranty. To pull a trailer correctly,
follow the advice in this section.
WARNING - Towing a trail-
er
If you don't use the correct equip-
ment and drive improperly, you can
lose control when you pull a trailer.
For example, if the trailer is too
heavy, the brakes may not work
well - or even at all. You and your
passengers could be seriously or
fatally injured. Pull a trailer only if
you have followed all the steps in
this section.
WARNING - Weight limits
Before towing, make sure the total
trailer weight, gross combination
weight, gross vehicle weight, gross
axle weight and trailer tongue load
are all within the limits.
Driving your vehicle
365
E140100AEN
Hitches
It's important to have the correct hitch
equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks
going by, and rough roads are a few rea-
sons why you’ll need the right hitch. Here
are some rules to follow:
Will you have to make any holes in the
body of your vehicle when you install a
trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure to
seal the holes later when you remove
the hitch.
If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon
monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can
get into your vehicle, as well as dirt
and water.
The bumpers on your vehicle are not
intended for hitches. Do not attach
rental hitches or other bumper-type
hitches to them. Use only a frame-
mounted hitch that does not attach to
the bumper.
HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory is
available at an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
OPB039052
537
Driving your vehicle
E140200AUN
Safety chains
You should always attach chains
between your vehicle and your trailer.
Cross the safety chains under the tongue
of the trailer so that the tongue will not
drop to the road if it becomes separated
from the hitch.
Instructions about safety chains may be
provided by the hitch manufacturer or by
the trailer manufacturer. Follow the man-
ufacturers recommendation for attaching
safety chains. Always leave just enough
slack so you can turn with your trailer.
And, never allow safety chains to drag on
the ground.
E140300AUN
Trailer brakes
If your trailer is equipped with a braking
system, make sure it conforms to your
country’s regulations and that it is prop-
erly installed and operating correctly.
If your trailer weighs more than the max-
imum trailer weight without trailer brakes
loaded, then it needs its own brakes and
they must be adequate. Be sure to read
and follow the instructions for the trailer
brakes so you’ll be able to install, adjust
and maintain them properly.
Don’t tap into your vehicle's brake sys-
tem.
E140400ASA
Driving with a trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Before setting out
for the open road, you must get to know
your trailer. Acquaint yourself with the
feel of handling and braking with the
added weight of the trailer. And always
keep in mind that the vehicle you are
driving is now a good deal longer and not
nearly so responsive as your vehicle is
by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch
and platform, safety chains, electrical
connector(s), lights, tires and mirror
adjustment. If the trailer has electric
brakes, start your vehicle and trailer
moving and then apply the trailer brake
controller by hand to be sure the brakes
are working. This lets you check your
electrical connection at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally to be
sure that the load is secure, and that the
lights and trailer brakes are still working.
E140401AUN
Following distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi-
cle ahead as you would when driving
your vehicle without a trailer
. This can
help you avoid situations that require
heavy braking and sudden turns.
WARNING - Trailer brakes
Do not use a trailer with its own
brakes unless you are absolutely
certain that you have properly set
up the brake system. This is not a
task for amateurs. Use an experi-
enced, competent trailer shop for
this work.
Driving your vehicle
385
E140402AUN
Passing
You’ll need more passing distance up
ahead when you’re towing a trailer
. And,
because of the increased vehicle length,
you’ll need to go much farther beyond
the passed vehicle before you can return
to your lane.
E140403AUN
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel
with one hand.
Then, to move the trailer
to the left, just move your hand to the left.
To move the trailer to the right, move
your hand to the right. Always back up
slowly and, if possible, have someone
guide you.
E140404AUN
Making turns
When you’re turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this so your
trailer won’t strike sof
t shoulders, curbs,
road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid
jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well
in advance.
E140405AFD
Turn signals when towing a trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has
to have a dif
ferent turn signal flasher and
extra wiring. The green arrows on your
instrument panel will flash whenever you
signal a turn or lane change. Properly
connected, the trailer lights will also flash
to alert other drivers you’re about to turn,
change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows
on your instrument panel will flash for
turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signals
when, in fact, they are not. It’s important
to check occasionally to be sure the trail-
er bulbs are still working. You must also
check the lights every time you discon-
nect and then reconnect the wires.
Do not connect a trailer lighting system
directly to your vehicle’s lighting system.
Use only an approved trailer wiring har-
ness.
An authorized HYUNDAI dealer can
assist you in installing the wiring harness.
E140406APB
Driving on grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
before you st
art down a long or steep
downgrade. If you don’t shift down, you
might have to use your brakes so much
that they would get hot and no longer
operate efficiently.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and
reduce your speed to around 70 km/h (45
mph) to reduce the possibility of engine
and transaxle overheating.
If your trailer weighs more than the max-
imum trailer weight without trailer brakes
and you have an automatic transaxle,
you should drive in D (Drive) when tow-
ing a trailer.
Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) when
towing a trailer will minimize heat build
up and extend the life of your transaxle.
WARNING
Failure to use an approved trailer
wiring harness could result in dam-
age to the vehicle electrical system
and/or personal injury.
539
Driving your vehicle
E140407APA
Parking on hills
Generally, you should not park your vehi-
cle with a trailer att
ached on a hill.
People can be seriously or fatally injured,
and both your vehicle and the trailer can
be damaged if they begin a downhill tra-
jectory.
However, if you ever have to park your
trailer on a hill, here’s how to do it:
1. Apply your brakes, but don’t shift into
gear.
2. Have someone place chocks under
the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in place,
release the brakes until the chocks
absorb the load.
4. Reapply the brakes. Apply your park-
ing brake, and then shift to R
(Reverse) for a manual transaxle or P
(Park) for an automatic transaxle.
5. Release the brakes.
When you are ready to leave after park-
ing on a hill
1. With the manual transaxle in Neutral
or automatic transaxle in P (Park),
apply your brakes and hold the brake
pedal down while you:
• Start your engine;
• Shift into gear; and
• Release the parking brake.
2. Slowly remove your foot from the
brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and
store the chocks.
CAUTION
• When towing a trailer on steep
grades (in excess of 6%) pay
close attention to the engine
coolant temperature gauge to
ensure the engine does not over-
heat.
If the needle of the coolant tem-
perature gauge moves across the
dial towards “130” (HOT), pull
over and stop as soon as it is safe
to do so, and allow the engine to
idle until it cools down. You may
proceed once the engine has
cooled sufficiently.
You must decide the driving
speed depending on trailer
weight and uphill grade to reduce
the possibility of engine and
transaxle overheating.
WARNING - Parking on a
hill
Parking your vehicle on a hill with a
trailer attached could cause seri-
ous injury or death, should the trail-
er break lose.
WARNING - Parking brake
It can be dangerous to get out of
your vehicle if the parking brake is
not firmly set.
If you have left the engine running,
the vehicle can move suddenly. You
or others could be seriously or
fatally injured.
Driving your vehicle
405
E140500APB
Maintenance when trailer towing
Your vehicle will need service more often
when you regularly pull a trailer.
Important items to pay particular atten-
tion to include engine oil, automatic
transaxle fluid, axle lubricant and cooling
system fluid. Brake condition is another
important item to frequently check. Each
item is covered in this manual, and the
index will help you find them quickly. If
you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to
review these sections before you start
your trip.
Don’t forget to also maintain your trailer
and hitch. Follow the maintenance
schedule that accompanied your trailer
and check it periodically. Preferably, con-
duct the check at the start of each day’s
driving. Most importantly, all hitch nuts
and bolts should be tight.
E140600APB
If you do decide to pull a trailer
Here are some important points if you
decide to pull a trailer:
• Consider using a sway control. You
can ask a hitch dealer about sway con-
trol.
Do not do any towing with your vehicle
during its first 2,000 km (1,200 miles)
in order to allow the engine to properly
break in. Failure to heed this caution
may result in serious engine or
transaxle damage.
When towing a trailer, be sure to con-
sult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
further information on additional
requirements such as a towing kit, etc.
Always drive your vehicle at a moder-
ate speed (less than 100 km/h (60
mph)).
On a long uphill grade, do not exceed
70 km/h (45 mph) or the posted towing
speed limit, whichever is lower.
The chart contains important consider-
ations that have to do with weight:
CAUTION
Due to higher load during trailer
usage, overheating might occur
in hot days or during uphill driv-
ing. If the coolant gauge indicates
over-heating, switch off the A/C
and stop the vehicle in a safe area
to cool down the engine.
When towing check the transaxle
fluid more frequently.
• If your vehicle is not equipped
with an air conditioner, you
should install a condenser fan to
improve engine performance
when towing a trailer.
541
Driving your vehicle
E140601AHM
Weight of the trailer
What is the maximum safe weight of a
trailer? It should never weigh more than
the maximum trailer weight with trailer
brakes.
But even that can be too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use your
trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature and how
often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer
are all important. The ideal trailer weight
can also depend on any special equip-
ment that you have on your vehicle.
Engine
1.2 L
1.4 L 1.6
L
Item
M/T A/T
M/T A/T
Maximum
Without brake
450 450 450 450 450 450
trailer System (992) (992) (992) (992) (992) (992)
weight With brake 850 1000 800 1100 900 1100
kg (Ibs.) System (1874) (2205) (1764) (2425) (1984) (2425)
Maximum permissible
static vertical load on 50
the coupling device (110)
kg (Ibs.)
Recommended distance
from rear wheel center 730
to coupling point (28.7)
mm (Inch)
M/T : Manual transaxle
A/T : Automatic transaxle
Gasoline Engine
Diesel
Engine
1.4 /
1.6 L
C190E01JM
Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight
Driving your vehicle
425
E140602ASA
Weight of the trailer tongue
The tongue load of any trailer is an
import
ant weight to measure because it
affects the total gross vehicle weight
(GVW) of your vehicle. This weight
includes the curb weight of the vehicle,
any cargo you may carry in it, and the
people who will be riding in the vehicle.
And if you tow a trailer, you must add the
tongue load to the GVW because your
vehicle will also be carrying that weight.
The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi-
mum of 10% of the total loaded trailer
weight, within the limits of the maximum
trailer tongue load permissible. After
you've loaded your trailer, weigh the trail-
er and then the tongue, separately, to
see if the weights are proper. If they
aren’t, you may be able to correct them
simply by moving some items around in
the trailer.
WARNING - Trailer
Never load a trailer with more
weight in the rear than in the
front. The front should be loaded
with approximately 60% of the
total trailer load; the rear should
be loaded with approximately
40% of the total trailer load.
Never exceed the maximum
weight limits of the trailer or trail-
er towing equipment. Improper
loading can result in damage to
your vehicle and/or personal
injury. Check weights and load-
ing at a commercial scale or high-
way patrol office equipped with
scales.
An improperly loaded trailer can
cause loss of vehicle control.
C190E02JM
Gross Axle Weight
Gross Vehicle
Weight
543
Driving your vehicle
E160000AUN
This section will guide you in the proper
loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to
keep your loaded vehicle weight within
its design rating capability, with or without
a trailer. Properly loading your vehicle
will provide maximum return of the vehi-
cle design performance. Before loading
your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the
following terms for determining your
vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a
trailer, from the vehicle's specifications
and the compliance label:
E160100AUN
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle including
a full tank of fuel and all standard equip-
ment. It does not include passengers,
cargo, or optional equipment.
E160200AUN
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer
plus any aftermarket equipment.
E160300AUN
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight added to
the Base Curb Weight, including cargo
and optional equipment.
E160400AUN
GAW (Gross axle weight)
This is the total weight placed on each
axle (front and rear) - including vehicle
curb weight and all payload.
E160500AUN
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight
that can be carried by a single axle (front
or rear). These numbers are shown on
the compliance label.
The total load on each axle must never
exceed its GAWR.
E160600AUN
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual
Cargo Weight plus passengers weight.
E160700AUN
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight of
the fully loaded vehicle (including all
options, equipment, passengers and
cargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-
tification label located on the drivers (or
front passenger’s) door sill.
E160800AUN
Overloading
VEHICLE WEIGHT
WARNING - Vehicle weight
The gross axle weight rating
(GAWR) and the gross vehicle
weight rating (GVWR) for your vehi-
cle are on the certification label
attached to the driver's (or front
passengers) door. Exceeding
these ratings can cause an acci-
dent or vehicle damage. You can
calculate the weight of your load by
weighing the items (and people)
before putting them in the vehicle.
Be careful not to overload your
vehicle.
6
Road warning / 6-2
In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2
If the engine does not start / 6-3
Emergency starting / 6-4
If the engine overheats / 6-6
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-7
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire) / 6-12
If you have a flat tire (with TireMobilityKit) / 6-20
Towing / 6-29
What to do in an emergency
What to do in an emergency
26
ROAD WARNING
F010100AUN
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves as a
warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching,
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency
repairs are being made or when the vehi-
cle is stopped near the edge of a road-
way.
Depress the flasher switch with the igni-
tion switch in any position. The flasher
switch is located in the center console
switch panel. All turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
The hazard warning flasher operates
whether your vehicle is running or not.
The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
Care must be taken when using the
hazard warning flasher while the vehi-
cle is being towed.
F020100AUN
If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
If your vehicle has a manual transaxle
not equipped with a ignition lock
switch, the vehicle can move forward
by shifting to the 2(second) or 3(third)
gear and then turning the starter with-
out depressing the clutch pedal.
F020200APB
If you have a flat tire while driv-
ing
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal
and let the vehicle slow down while
driving straight ahead. Do not apply
the brakes immediately or attempt to
pull off the road as this may cause a
loss of control. When the vehicle has
slowed to such a speed that it is safe to
do so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as pos-
sible and park on a firm level ground. If
you are on a divided highway, do not
park in the median area between the
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
WHILE DRIVING
OPB049058R
63
What to do in an emergency
two traffic lanes.
2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn on
your emergency hazard flashers, set
the parking brake and put the transaxle
in P (automatic transaxle) or reverse
(manual transaxle).
3.Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the
side of the vehicle that is away from
traffic.
4.When changing a flat tire, follow the
instruction provided later in this sec-
tion.
F020300APB
If the engine stalls while driving
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
3. Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
F030100APB
If engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
1. If your vehicle has an automatic
transaxle, be sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-
gency brake is set.
2. Check the battery connections to be
sure they are clean and tight.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is discharged.
4. Check the starter connections to be
sure they are securely tightened.
5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start
it. See instructions for "Jump starting".
F030200APB
If the engine turns over normally
but does not start
1. Check the fuel level.
2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK
position, check all connectors at the
ignition coils and spark plugs.
Reconnect any that may be discon-
nected or loose.
3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-
partment.
4. If the engine still does not start, call an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT START
WARNING
If the engine will not start, do not
push or pull the vehicle to start it.
This could result in a collision or
cause other damage. In addition,
push or pull starting may cause the
catalytic converter to overload and
create a fire.
What to do in an emergency
46
EMERGENCY STARTING
F040000AUN
Connect cables in numerical order and
disconnect in reverse order.
F040100AHM
Jump starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if done
incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm to
yourself or damage to your vehicle or
battery, follow the jump starting proce-
dures. If you have any doubt, we strong-
ly recommend that you have a compe-
tent technician or towing service jump
start your vehicle.
CAUTION
Use only a 12-volt jumper system.
You can damage a 12-volt starting
motor, ignition system, and other
electrical parts beyond repair by
use of a 24-volt power supply (either
two 12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
WARNING - Battery
Keep all flames or sparks away
from the battery. The battery pro-
duces hydrogen gas which may
explode if exposed to flame or
sparks.
If these instructions are not fol-
lowed exactly, serious personal
injury and damage to the vehicle
may occur! If you are not sure
how to follow this procedure,
seek qualified assistance.
Automobile batteries contain sul-
furic acid. This is poisonous and
highly corrosive. When jump
starting, wear protective glasses
and be careful not to get acid
spilled on yourself, your clothing
or on the vehicle.
Do not attempt to jump start the
vehicle if the discharged battery
is frozen or if the electrolyte level
is low; the battery may rupture or
explode.
WARNING - Battery
Never attempt to check the elec-
trolyte level of the battery as this
may cause the battery to rupture or
explode causing serious injury.
1VQA4001
Discharged battery
Jumper Cables
Booster battery
(-)
(+)
(+)
(-)
65
What to do in an emergency
F040101AFD
Jump starting procedure
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-
volt and that it
s negative terminal is
grounded.
2. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to
touch.
3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
4. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustra-
tion. First connect one end of a jumper
cable to the positive terminal of the
discharged battery (1), then connect
the other end to the positive terminal
on the booster battery (2).
Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative ter-
minal of the booster battery (3), then
the other end to a solid, stationary,
metallic point (for example, the engine
lifting bracket) away from the battery
(4). Do not connect it to or near any
part that moves when the engine is
cranked.
Do not allow the jumper cables to con-
tact anything except the correct battery
terminals or the correct ground. Do not
lean over the battery when making
connections.
5. Start the engine of the vehicle with the
booster battery and let it run at 2,000
rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-
cle with the discharged battery.
If the cause of your battery discharging is
not apparent, you should have your vehi-
cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
F040200AUN
Push-starting
Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicle
should not be push-started because it
might damage the emission control sys-
tem.
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transaxle cannot be push-started.
Follow the directions in this section for
jump-starting.
WARNING
Never tow a vehicle to start it
because the sudden surge forward
when the engine starts could cause
a collision with the tow vehicle.
CAUTION - Battery cables
Do not connect the jumper cable
from the negative terminal of the
booster battery to the negative ter-
minal of the discharged battery.
This can cause the discharged bat-
tery to overheat and crack, releas-
ing battery acid.
What to do in an emergency
66
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
F050000APB
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you will experience a loss of
power, or hear loud pinging or knocking
sound, the engine will probably be too
hot. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull the vehicle off the road and stop
as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (automatic
transaxle) or Neutral (manual
transaxle) and set the parking brake. If
the air conditioning is on, turn it off.
3. If engine coolant is running out under
the vehicle or steam is coming out
from the hood, stop the engine. Do not
open the hood until the coolant has
stopped running or the steaming has
stopped. If there is no visible loss of
engine coolant and no steam, leave
the engine running and check to be
sure the engine cooling fan is operat-
ing. If the fan is not running, turn the
engine off.
4. Check to see if the water pump drive
belt is missing. If it is not missing,
check to see that it is tight. If the drive
belt seems to be satisfactory, check
for coolant leakage from the radiator,
hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air
conditioning had been in use, it is nor-
mal for cold water to be draining from
it when you stop).
5. If the water pump drive belt is broken
or engine coolant is leaking out, stop
the engine immediately and call the
nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer
for assistance.
6.If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine tem-
perature has returned to normal. Then,
if coolant has been lost, carefully add
coolant to the reservoir to bring the
fluid level in the reservoir up to the
halfway mark.
7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert for
further signs of overheating. If over-
heating happens again, call an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
CAUTION
Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system
and this should be checked as soon
as possible by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
While the engine is running, keep
hair, hands and clothing away from
moving parts such as the fan and
drive belts to prevent injury.
WARNING
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. This can
allow coolant to be blown out of the
opening and cause serious burns.
67
What to do in an emergency
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)
F060000AFD
(1) TPMS Malfunction Indicator
(2) Low Tire Pressure Position tell-
tale
(3) Low Tire Pressure telltale
F060000APB
Each tire, including the spare (if pro-
vided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehi-
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-
ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pres-
sure label, you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for
those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pres-
sure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-
cantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and
may affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire mainte-
nance, and it is the drivers responsi-
bility to maintain correct tire pres-
sure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumina-
tion of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS mal-
function indicator is provided by a
separate telltale, which displays the
symbol "TPMS" when illuminated.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire pres-
sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-
tions may occur for a variety of rea-
sons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function proper-
ly.
OPB059014
What to do in an emergency
86
NOTICE
If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure and
Position indicators do not illuminate
for approximately 3 seconds when
the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position or engine is running, or
if they remain illuminated after
coming on for approximately 3 sec-
onds, take your vehicle to your near-
est authorized HYUNDAI dealer
and have the system checked.
F060100APB
Low tire pressure tell-
tale
Low tire pressure posi-
tion telltale
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illumi-
nated, one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. The low
tire pressure position telltale light will
indicate which tire is significantly
under-inflated by illuminating the cor-
responding position light.
If either telltale illuminates, immedi-
ately reduce your speed, avoid hard
cornering and anticipate increased
stopping distances. You should stop
and check your tires as soon as pos-
sible. Inflate the tires to the proper
pressure as indicated on the vehi-
cle’s placard or tire inflation pressure
label. If you cannot reach a service
station or if the tire cannot hold the
newly added air, replace the low
pressure tire with the spare tire.
Then the TPMS malfunction indica-
tor may come on and the Low Tire
Pressure telltale may go off after
restarting and about 20 minutes of
continuous driving before you have
the low pressure tire repaired and
replaced on the vehicle.
NOTICE
The spare tire is not equipped with a
tire pressure sensor.
69
What to do in an emergency
F060200APB
TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator
The TPMS malfunction indicator
comes on and stays on when there is
a problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System. If the system is
able to correctly detect an underin-
flation warning at the same time as
system failure then it will illuminate
both the TPMS malfunction and the
low tire pressure and position tell-
tales e.g. if Front Left sensor fails,
the TPMS malfunction indicator illu-
minates, but if the Front Right, Rear
Left, or Rear Right tire is under-inflat-
ed, the low tire pressure and position
telltales may illuminate together with
the TPMS malfunction indicator.
Have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible to determine the cause
of the problem.
WARNING - Low pressure
damage
Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and increased braking
distances.
Continued driving on low pres-
sure tires can cause the tires to
overheat and fail.
CAUTION
In winter or cold weather, the
low tire pressure telltale may be
illuminated if the tire pressure
was adjusted to the recom-
mended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not
mean your TPMS is malfunc-
tioning because the decreased
temperature leads to a propor-
tional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle
from a warm area to a cold area
or from a cold area to a warm
area, or the outside temperature
is greatly higher or lower, you
should check the tire inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation
pressure.
TPMS
What to do in an emergency
106
F060300APB
Changing a tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure and Position telltales will
come on. Have the flat tire repaired
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible or replace the
flat tire with the spare tire.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem. You must
use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-
ommended that you always have
your tires serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the TPMS
malfunction indicator may come on
and the Low Tire Pressure telltale
may go off after restarting and about
20 minutes of continuous driving
before you have the low pressure tire
repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
However, if the low pressure tire is
not in the vehicle, the Low Tire
Pressure and Position telltales will
go off and the TPMS malfunction
indicator will come on after a few
minutes because the spare tire does
not have a sensor.
Once the low pressure tire is re-
inflated to the recommended pres-
sure and installed on the vehicle, the
TPMS malfunction indicator and the
low tire pressure and position tell-
tales will extinguish within a few min-
utes of driving.
If the indicators are not extinguished
after a few minutes of driving, please
visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
The TPMS malfunction indica-
tor may be illuminated if the
vehicle is moving around
electric power supply cables
or radios transmitter such as
at police stations, government
and public offices, broadcast-
ing stations, military installa-
tions, airports, or transmitting
towers, etc. This can interfere
with normal operation of the
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS).
The TPMS malfunction indica-
tor may be illuminated if snow
chains or some electronic
devices, such as notebook
computers are used in the
vehicle. This can interfere
with normal operation of the
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS).
CAUTION
NEVER use a puncture-repair-
ing agent to repair and/or inflate
a low pressure tire. The tire
sealant can damage the tire
pressure sensor. If used, you
will have to replace the tire
pressure sensor.
611
What to do in an emergency
You may not be able identify a low
pressured tire by simply looking at it.
Always use a good quality tire pres-
sure gauge to measure the tire's
inflation pressure. Please note that a
tire that is hot (from being driven) will
have a higher pressure measure-
ment than a tire that is cold (from sit-
ting stationary for at least 3 hours
and driven less than 1.6km (1 mile)
during that 3 hour period).
Allow the tire to cool before measur-
ing the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven
for less than 1.6km (1 mile) in that 3
hour period.
CAUTION
Do not use any tire sealant if
your vehicle is equipped with a
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System. The liquid sealant can
damage the tire pressure sen-
sors.
WARNING - Protecting
TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or
disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure con-
ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-
tions. Tampering with, modify-
ing, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may void
the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
WARNING - TPMS
The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire dam-
age caused by external fac-
tors such as nails or road
debris.
If you feel any vehicle instabil-
ity, immediately take your foot
off the accelerator, apply the
brakes gradually and with
light force, and slowly move
to a safe position off the road.
What to do in an emergency
126
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
F070100AFD
Jack and tools
The spare tire, jack, jack handle,
wheel lug nut wrench are stored in
the luggage compartment.
Pull up the floor cover of the luggage
compartment to reach the jack on the
spare tire. (if equipped)
(1) Jack handle
(2) Jack
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench
F070101APB
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
To prevent the jack from “rattling”
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
properly.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
OPB069015
WARNING - Changing tires
Never attempt vehicle repairs
in the traffic lanes of a public
road or highway.
Always move the vehicle com-
pletely off the road and onto
the shoulder before trying to
change a tire. The jack should
be used on firm level ground.
If you cannot find a firm level
place off the road, call a tow-
ing service company for
assistance.
Be sure to use the correct
front and rear jacking posi-
tions on the vehicle; never
use the bumpers or any other
part of the vehicle for jack
support.
(Continued)
613
What to do in an emergency
F070200AFD
Removing and storing the spare
tire
Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise.
Store the tire in the reverse order of
removal.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from “rattling” while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
F070300APB
Changing tires
1. Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly.
2. Shift the shift lever into R
(Reverse) for manual transaxle or
P (Park) for automatic transaxle.
3. Activate the hazard warning flash-
er.
OPB069016
(Continued)
The vehicle can easily roll off
the jack causing serious
injury or death. No person
should place any portion of
their body under a vehicle
that is supported only by a
jack; use vehicle support
stands.
Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the
jack.
Do not allow anyone to
remain in the vehicle while it
is on the jack.
Make sure any children pres-
ent are in a secure place away
from the road and from the
vehicle to be raised with the
OED066033/H
What to do in an emergency
146
4. Remove the wheel lug nut
wrench, jack, jack handle, and
spare tire from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear
wheel that is diagonally opposite
the jack position.
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-
terclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
OPB069017 OPB069018
WARNING -
Changing a tire
To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always
set the parking brake fully,
and always block the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
We recommend that the
wheels of the vehicle be
chocked, and that no person
remain in a vehicle that is
being jacked.
615
What to do in an emergency
7. Place the jack at the front or rear
jacking position closest to the tire
you are changing. Place the jack
at the designated locations under
the frame. The jacking positions
are plates welded to the frame
with two tabs and a raised dot to
index with the jack.
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire just clears the
ground. This measurement is
approximately 30 mm (1.2 in).
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-
ble and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and
remove them with your fingers.
Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To
put the wheel on the hub, pick up
the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the wheel
onto them. If this is difficult, tip the
wheel slightly and get the top hole
in the wheel lined up with the top
stud. Then jiggle the wheel back
and forth until the wheel can be
slid over the other studs.
WARNING - Jack location
To reduce the possibility of
injury, be sure to use only the
jack provided with the vehicle
and in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
OPB069019 OPB069020
What to do in an emergency
166
10. To install the wheel, hold it on the
studs, put the wheel nuts on the
studs and tighten them finger
tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it
is completely seated, then tight-
en the nuts as much as possible
with your fingers again.
11. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the wheel nut wrench
counterclockwise.
Then position the wrench as shown
in the drawing and tighten the wheel
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
completely over the nut. Do not
stand on the wrench handle or use
an extension pipe over the wrench
handle.
Go around the wheel tightening
every nut following the numerical
sequence shown in the image until
they are all tight. Then double-check
each nut for tightness. After chang-
ing the wheels, have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer tighten the wheel
nuts to their proper torque as soon
as possible.
OPB069021
WARNING
Wheels and wheel covers may
have sharp edges. Handle
them carefully to avoid possi-
ble severe injury.
Before putting the wheel into
place, be sure that there is
nothing on the hub or wheel
(such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.)
that interferes with the wheel
from fitting solidly against the
hub.
If there is, remove it. If the
contact of the mounting sur-
face between the wheel and
hub is not good, the wheel
nuts could come loose and
cause the loss of a wheel.
Loss of a wheel may result in
loss of control of the vehicle.
This may cause serious injury
or death.
617
What to do in an emergency
Wheel nut tightening torque:
Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:
9~11 kg.m (65~79 lb.ft)
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pres-
sure. If the pressure is lower than
recommended, drive slowly to the
nearest service station and inflate to
the correct pressure. If it is too high,
adjust it until it is correct. Always
reinstall the valve cap after checking
or adjusting the tire pressure. If the
cap is not replaced, air may leak
from the tire. If you lose a valve cap,
buy another and install it as soon as
possible.
After you have changed the wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its place
and return the jack and tools to their
proper storage locations.
To prevent the jack, jack handle,
wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire
from rattling while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the wheel studs and nuts.
Make certain during wheel
removal that the same nuts that
were removed are reinstalled -
or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same
chamfer configuration are used.
Installation of a non-metric
thread nut on a metric stud or
vice-versa will not secure the
wheel to the hub properly and
will damage the stud so that it
must be replaced.
Note that most lug nuts do not
have metric threads. Be sure to
use extreme care in checking
for thread style before installing
aftermarket lug nuts or wheels.
If in doubt, consult an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they
may lose their ability to retain
the wheel. This could lead to the
loss of the wheel and a collision
resulting in serious injuries.
WARNING - Inadequate
spare tire pressure
Check the inflation pressures as
soon as possible after installing
the spare tire. Adjust it to the
specified pressure, if necessary.
Refer to “Tires and wheels” in
section 8.
What to do in an emergency
186
F070301AUN
Important - use of compact spare tire
(if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a com-
pact spare tire. This compact spare
tire takes up less space than a regu-
lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than
a conventional tire and is designed
for temporary use only.
The compact spare should be inflat-
ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).
NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure after
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to
the specified pressure, as necessary.
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
Under no circumstances should
you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a
higher speed could damage the
tire.
Ensure that you drive slowly
enough for the road conditions to
avoid all hazards. Any road haz-
ard, such as a pothole or debris,
could seriously damage the com-
pact spare.
Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of
vehicle control, and possible per-
sonal injury.
Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-
mum load rating or the load-carry-
ing capacity shown on the sidewall
of the compact spare tire.
Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a con-
ventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately
25 mm (1 inch), which could result
in damage to the vehicle.
CAUTION
You should drive carefully
when the compact spare is in
use. The compact spare
should be replaced by the
proper conventional tire and
rim at the first opportunity.
• The operation of this vehicle
is not recommended with
more than one compact spare
tire in use at the same time.
WARNING
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use only. Do not
operate your vehicle on this
compact spare at speeds over
80 km/h (50 mph). The original
tire should be repaired or
replaced as soon as is possible
to avoid failure of the spare
possibly leading to personal
injury or death.
619
What to do in an emergency
Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the com-
pact spare tire is installed.
Do not use tire chains on the com-
pact spare tire. Because of the
smaller size, a tire chain will not fit
properly. This could damage the
vehicle and result in loss of the
chain.
The compact spare tire should not
be installed on the front axle if the
vehicle must be driven in snow or
on ice.
Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
The compact spare tire’s tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn com-
pact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
The compact spare tire should not
be used on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow tires,
wheel covers or trim rings be used
with the compact spare wheel. If
such use is attempted, damage to
these items or other car compo-
nents may occur.
Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
Do not tow a trailer while the com-
pact spare tire is installed.
What to do in an emergency
206
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIREMOBILITYKIT, IF EQUIPPED)
F120000AUN
Please read the instructions before
using the TireMobilityKit.
(1) TireMobilityKit
(2) Sealant bottle
F120100APB
Introduction
With the TireMobilityKit you will stay
mobile even after experiencing a tire
puncture. The system of the com-
pressor and sealing compound
effectively and comfortably seals
most punctures in a passenger vehi-
cle tire caused by nails or similar
objects and reinflates the tire. After
you are ensured that the tire is prop-
erly sealed you can drive cautiously
on the tire (up to 200 km / 120 miles)
at a max. speed of 80 km/h / 50 mph
in order to reach a vehicle or tire
dealer to have the tire replaced.
It is possible that some tires, espe-
cially with larger punctures or dam-
age to the sidewall, cannot be sealed
completely. Air pressure loss in the
tire may adversely effect tire per-
formance. For this reason, you
should avoid abrupt steering or other
driving maneuvers, especially if the
vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trail-
er is in use. The TireMobilityKit is not
designed or intended as a perma-
nent tire repair method and is to be
used for only one tire.
This instruction shows you step by
step how to temporarily seal the
puncture simply and reliably. Read
the section "Notes on the safe use of
the TireMobilityKit".
WARNING
Do not use the TireMobilityKit if
a tire is severely damaged by
driving on a flat tire or with
insufficient air pressure. Only
punctured areas located within
the tread region of the tire can
be sealed using the
TireMobilityKit. Damage to the
sidewall must not be repaired
due to safety reasons.
OPB069023
OPB069026
621
What to do in an emergency
F120200AUN
What to do when a tire is punc-
tured
A punctured tire is repaired in two
stages. In the 1st stage, sealing
compound and air is inflated into the
tire and the vehicle driven a short
distance (3 km / 2 miles) to spread
the compound inside the tire. In the
2nd stage, the inflation pressure is
checked and, if necessary, more air
is added into the tire. It is then possi-
ble to drive cautiously with the tire up
to 200 km (120 miles) at a maximum
speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) in order
to reach a vehicle or tire dealer to
have the tire replaced. If so inform
other drivers that the TireMobilityKit
has been used and provide advice
and warnings about changed driving
behaviour.
F120201APB
1st Stage: Pump sealing compound
and air into the tire
1. Open the lid and remove the
speed label (1) from the
TireMobilityKit and place it in the
vehicle, within clear view of the
driver.
2. Remove the hose (2) and the
power cable (3) from the
TireMobilityKit.
OUN066100L OUN066101L
What to do in an emergency
226
3. Unscrew the bottle holder cap (4)
and the lid of the sealant bottle (5).
4. Screw the bottle clockwise into the
bottle socket (6) until it is tight.
5. Unscrew the valve cap from the
defective tire.
6. Screw the hose (7) of the
TireMobilityKit firmly onto the tire
valve.
7. Ensure that the On/Off switch (8)
is in the "O"-position.
8. Place the electric plug (9) into the
cigarette lighter socket (12 Volt).
Do not use any other electric
socket in the car.
9. Start the engine of the vehicle.
(Only if the vehicle is outdoors!)
OUN066102L OUN066103L
CAUTION
Screwing the sealant bottle into
the socket will break the bottle
seal. Do not unscrew the filled
bottle from the socket - sealant
could come out.
WARNING
Carbonmonoxide poisoning
and suffocation is possible if
the engine is left running in a
poorly ventilated or unventilat-
ed location (such as inside a
building).
623
What to do in an emergency
10. Switch the On/Off switch (8) to
the "I"-position.
Please note: When the sealing
compound is added through the
tire valve the pressure gauge
could increase from approxi-
mately 4-6 bar (60-90 psi), but it
will drop again after about 30
seconds.
11. Inflate the tire to at least 1.8 bar
(26 psi) and at most 3.5 bar (51
psi) within 7 minutes. Switch off
the compressor briefly by press-
ing "O" so you are be able to
read the actual tire inflation pres-
sure on the gauge.
CAUTION
During the tire inflation opera-
tion do not stand next to the
damaged tire. Check the side-
wall of the tire for unusual
bulges or deformations.
Discontinue the inflation opera-
tion and deflate the tire by using
the pressure release (10), if any
unusual appearance is noticed.
CAUTION
If a tire inflation pressure of 1.8
bar (26 psi) is not achievable
within 7 minutes, the tire is too
severely damaged and you
must not drive on the tire. Call
for road side service or towing.
OUN066103L
What to do in an emergency
246
12. If a tire inflation pressure of 1.8
bar (26 psi) is reached, turn the
On/Off switch to the "O"-position,
quickly unscrew the hose from
the tire. Unplug the cable from
the cigarette lighter. Do not
unscrew the bottle. Stow the
TireMobilityKit, the bottle cap
and the bottle holder cap safely
in the vehicle in an easily acces-
sible place, as it will be needed
again to check tire pressure.
13. Drive immediately and cautiously
for about 3 km (2 miles) so that
the sealing compound can seal
the puncture. Do not exceed 80
km/h (50 mph). While driving, if
you experience any unusual
vibration, ride disturbance or
noise, reduce your speed and
drive with caution until you can
safely pull off to the side of the
road. Call for road side service or
towing.
F120202APB
2nd Stage: Check tire pressure
14. Stop after driving for about 3 km
(2 miles) and check the pressure
of the punctured tire as follows:
a) Ensure that the On/Off switch
(8) of the compressor is in the
"O"-position.
b) Screw the hose onto the valve
of the punctured tire.
c) Plug the power cable into the
cigarette lighter (12 volt socket).
d) Read the inflation pressure on
the gauge of the TireMobilityKit.
CAUTION
If the inflation pressure is below
1.3 bar (19 psi), do not continue
to drive. Call for road side serv-
ice or towing.
OUN066103L
625
What to do in an emergency
15. If the inflation pressure is 1.3 bar
(19 psi) or more, turn the On/Off
switch to the "I"-position and
adjust the inflation pressure to
the recommended inflation pres-
sure (Refer to “Tires and wheels”
in section 8). Reduce any exces-
sive pressure by using the pres-
sure release valve (10).
16. Turn the kit off by pressing "O".
Unscrew the hose from the tire
valve and unplug the electric
plug from the socket.
17. Do not unscrew the bottle. Stow
the TireMobilityKit safely in the
vehicle.
18. Drive to the next vehicle or tire
dealer to replace the tire.
19. After using the TireMobilityKit to
seal your tire, replace the hose,
the sealing compound and con-
nected parts. See the last page
of this instruction. When replac-
ing the damaged tire inform the
tire mechanic that a sealing com-
pound was used before the tire is
demounted!
WARNING
After the sealing compound has
been used, the max. permissi-
ble speed is 80 km/h (50 mph)
and the damaged tire is to be
replaced promptly, at least with-
in a distance of 200 km (120
miles). While driving, if you
experience any unusual vibra-
tion, ride disturbance or noise,
reduce your speed and drive
with caution until you can safe-
ly pull off to the side of the road.
Call for road side service or
towing.
WARNING
After a long period without driv-
ing, the inflation pressure must
be checked before driving.
OUN066103L
What to do in an emergency
266
F120203APA
3rd stage: What to do when checking
the tire inflation pressure
1. Open the lid from the
TireMobilityKit.
2. Remove the hose (2) and the
electric lead (3).
3. Unscrew the valve cap from the
defective tire.
4. Screw the hose (7) tightly onto the
tire valve.
5. Now you can read the tire pres-
sure. If it needs to be increased,
move on to step 6.
6. Make sure that the On/Off switch
(8) is in the "O"-position.
7. Place the electric plug (9) into the
socket of the cigarette lighter (12
volt).
8. Start the engine (only if the vehicle
is outdoors.)
9. Switch the On/Off switch (8) to the
"I"-position and inflate the tire to
the recommended inflation pres-
sure.
10. Switch off the TireMobilityKit and
check the tire pressure again.
11. After you have inflated the tire,
unscrew the hose, unplug the
electric plug and stow the
TireMobilityKit safely in your
vehicle.
OUN066103LOUN066101L
627
What to do in an emergency
F120300ASA
Notes on the safe use of the
TireMobilityKit
Park your vehicle at the side of the
road so that you can work with the
TireMobilityKit away from moving
traffic. Place your warning triangle
in a prominent place to make pass-
ing vehicles aware of your location.
To be sure your vehicle won't
move, even when you're on a fairly
level ground, always set your park-
ing brake.
Only use the TireMobilityKit for
sealing/inflation passenger car
tires. Do not use on motorcycles,
bicycles or any other type of tires.
Do not remove any foreign objects
- such as nails or screws - that
have penetrated the tire.
Before using the TireMobilityKit
read the precautionary advice
printed on the sealant bottle!
• Provided the vehicle is outdoors,
leave the engine running.
Otherwise operating the compres-
sor may eventually drain the car
battery.
Never leave the TireMobilityKit
unattended while it is being used.
Do not leave the compressor run-
ning for more than 10 min. at a
time or it may overheat.
Do not use the TireMobilityKit if the
ambient temperature is below -
30°C (-20°F).
Do not use the sealing compound
after its expiration date which can
be found on the label of the bottle.
Keep away from children.
CAUTION
Do not use the TireMobilityKit if
the tire is severely damaged by
driving with insufficient air
pressure (e.g. if the tire has
bulges, cuts, cracks or similar
defects). Only seal punctured
areas located within the tread
region of the tire. Damage to the
sidewall should not be sealed
for safety reasons.
What to do in an emergency
286
F120400APB
Technical Data
Type A
System voltage:
DC 12 V
Working voltage:
DC 10 - 15 V
Amperage rating:
max. 10 A
Suitable for use at temperatures:
-30 ~ +70°C (-22 ~ +158°F)
Max. working pressure:
6 bar (87 psi)
Size:
Compressor:168.6 x 149 x 61.5 mm
(6.6 x 5.8 x 2.4 in.)
Sealant bottle:139.3 x 68 ø mm
(5.4 x 3.4 ø in.)
Compressor weight:
0.95 kg (2.1 lbs)
Sealant volume:
300 ml (18.3 cu. in.)
Type B
System voltage:
DC 12 V
Working voltage:
DC 9 - 15 V
Amperage rating:
max. 10 A
Suitable for use at temperatures:
-40 ~ +70°C (-40 ~ +158°F)
Max. working pressure:
7~8 bar (101~116 psi)
Size:
Compressor:170 x 150 x 65 mm
(6.7 x 5.9 x 2.6 in.)
Sealant bottle:142 x 68 ø mm
(5.6 x 2.8 ø in.)
Compressor weight:
0.84 kg (1.9 lbs)
Sealant volume:
300 ml (18.3 cu. in.)
Sealing compound and spare parts
can be obtained and replaced at an
authorized vehicle or tire dealer.
Empty sealing compound bottles
may be disposed of at home. Liquid
residue from the sealing compound
should be disposed of by your vehi-
cle or tire dealer or in accordance
with local waste disposal regulations.
629
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
F080100APA
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary, we
recommend having it done by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial
tow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow-
ing procedures are necessary to prevent
damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel
dollies or flatbed is recommended.
For trailer towing guidelines information,
refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the
rear wheels on the ground (without dol-
lies) and the front wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-
sion components are damaged or the
vehicle is being towed with the front
wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly
under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow
truck and wheel dollies are not used, the
front of the vehicle should always be lift-
ed, not the rear.
OPA067015
OPA067016
OPA067017
CAUTION
Do not tow the vehicle backwards
with the front wheels on the
ground as this may cause dam-
age to the vehicle.
Do not tow with sling-type equip-
ment. Use wheel lift or flatbed
equipment.
dolly
What to do in an emergency
306
When towing your vehicle in an emer-
gency without wheel dollies :
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-
tion.
2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
F080200APA
Removable towing hook (front)
(if equipped)
1. Open the tailgate, and remove the
towing hook from the tool bag.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing the
lower part of the cover on the front
bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is fully
secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install
the cover after use.
CAUTION
Failure to place the transaxle shift
lever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-
nal damage to the transaxle.
OPB069022 OPB069024
631
What to do in an emergency
F080300APB
Emergency towing
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow
truck service.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be tem-
porarily towed using a cable or chain
secured to the emergency towing hook
under the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle to
steer it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-
tance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, power train, steering and
brakes must all be in good condition.
Do not use the towing hooks to pull a
vehicle out of mud, sand or other con-
ditions from which the vehicle cannot
be driven out under its own power.
Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the
vehicle doing the towing.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other fre-
quently.
Before emergency towing, check that
the hook is not broken or damaged.
Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
Do not jerk the hook. Apply it steadily
with even force.
To avoid damaging the hook, do not
pull from the side or at a vertical angle.
Always pull straight ahead.
OPB069022
OPB069025
Front (if equipped)
Rear
CAUTION
Attach a towing strap to the tow-
ing hook.
Using a portion of the vehicle
other than the tow hooks for tow-
ing may damage the body of your
vehicle.
Use only a cable or chain specifi-
cally intended for use in towing
vehicles. Securely fasten the
cable or chain to the towing hook
provided.
What to do in an emergency
326
Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16
feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth
(about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in the
middle of the strap for easy visibility.
Drive carefully so that the towing strap
is not loosened during towing.
F080301AUN
Emergency towing precautions
Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the
steering wheel isn’t locked.
Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
Release the parking brake.
Press the brake pedal with more force
than normal since you will have
reduced brake performance.
• More steering effort will be required
because the power steering system
will be disabled.
If you are driving down a long hill, the
brakes may overheat and brake per-
formance will be reduced. Stop often
and let the brakes cool off.
WARNING
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle.
Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which would
place excessive stress on the
emergency towing hook and tow-
ing cable or chain. The hook and
towing cable or chain may break
and cause serious injury or dam-
age.
If the disabled vehicle is unable
to be moved, do not forcibly con-
tinue the towing. Contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial tow truck service for
assistance.
Tow the vehicle as straight ahead
as possible.
Keep away from the vehicle dur-
ing towing.
OPA067014
633
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION - Automatic
transaxle
If the vehicle is being towed with
all four wheels on the ground, it
can be towed only from the front.
Be sure that the transaxle is in
neutral. Do not tow at speeds
greater than 40 km/h (25 mph)
and for more than 25 km (15
miles). Be sure the steering wheel
is unlocked by placing the igni-
tion switch in the ACC position. A
driver must be in the towed vehi-
cle to operate the steering wheel
and brakes.
Before towing, check the level of
the automatic transaxle fluid. If it
is below the "HOT" range on the
dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot
add fluid, a towing dolly must be
used.
7
Engine compartment / 7-2
Maintenance services / 7-4
Owner maintenance / 7-6
Scheduled maintenance service / 7-8
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-27
Engine oil / 7-30
Engine coolant / 7-31
Brakes and clutch fluid / 7-34
Automatic transaxle fluid / 7-35
Washer fluid / 7-37
Parking brake / 7-37
Fuel filter / 7-38
Air cleaner / 7-39
Climate control air filter / 7-41
Wiper blades / 7-42
Battery / 7-46
Tires and wheels / 7-49
Fuses / 7-59
Light bulbs / 7-69
Appearance care / 7-77
Emission control system / 7-83
Maintenance
Maintenance
27
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
G010000AFD
Gasoline Engine
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Positive battery terminal
7. Negative battery terminal
8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
9. Radiator cap
10. Engine oil dipstick
11. Automatic transaxle dipstick*
* : if equipped
OPB009003R
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
73
Maintenance
Diesel Engine
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Positive battery terminal
7. Negative battery terminal
8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
9. Radiator cap
10. Engine oil dipstick
11. Fuel filter
OPB079001R
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
Maintenance
47
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
G020000APB
You should exercise the utmost care to
prevent damage to your vehicle and
injury to yourself whenever performing
any maintenance or inspection proce-
dures.
Should you have any doubts concerning
the inspection or servicing of your vehi-
cle, we strongly recommend that you
have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
perform this work.
An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac-
tory trained technicians and genuine
HYUNDAI parts to service your vehicle
properly. For expert advice and quality
service, see an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
servicing may result in operational prob-
lems with your vehicle that could lead to
vehicle damage, an accident, or person-
al injury.
G020100AEN
Owners responsibility
NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that show
proper maintenance has been performed
on your vehicle in accordance with the
scheduled maintenance service charts
shown on the following pages. You need
this information to establish your compli-
ance with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided
in your Service Passport.
Repairs and adjustments required as a
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not cov-
ered.
We recommend you have your vehicle
maintained and repaired by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized
HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s high
service quality standards and receives
technical support from HYUNDAI in
order to provide you with a high level of
service satisfaction.
75
Maintenance
G020200APB
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section, sev-
eral procedures can be done only by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special
tools.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during
the warranty period may affect warran-
ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-
rate Service Passport provided with the
vehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-
icing or maintenance procedure, have it
done by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
er.
WARNING - Maintenance
work
Performing maintenance work on
a vehicle can be dangerous. You
can be seriously injured while
performing some maintenance
procedures. If you lack sufficient
knowledge and experience or the
proper tools and equipment to do
the work, have it done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Working under the hood with the
engine running is dangerous. It
becomes even more dangerous
when you wear jewelry or loose
clothing. These can become
entangled in moving parts and
result in injury. Therefore, if you
must run the engine while work-
ing under the hood, make certain
that you remove all jewelry (espe-
cially rings, bracelets, watches,
and necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose cloth-
ing before getting near the
engine or cooling fans.
WARNING - Diesel Engine
Never work on the injection system
with the engine running or within
30 seconds after shutting off the
engine. High-pressure pump, rail,
injectors and high-pressure pipes
are subject to high pressure even
after the engine stopped. The fuel
jet produced by fuel leaks may
cause serious injury, if it touches
the body. People using pacemakers
should not move more than 30cm
closer to the ECU or wiring harness
within the engine room while the
engine is running, since the high
currents in the electronic engine
control system produce consider-
able magnetic fields.
Maintenance
67
OWNER MAINTENANCE
G030000AFD
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be per-
formed by the owner or an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indi-
cated to help ensure safe, dependable
operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as
soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks are
generally not covered by warranties and
you may be charged for labor, parts and
lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
G030101AHM
When you stop for fuel:
Check the engine oil level.
Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir.
Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
Look for low or under-inflated tires.
G030102APB
While operating your vehicle:
Note any changes in the sound of the
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes
in the vehicle.
Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering
effort or looseness in the steering
wheel, or change in its straight-ahead
position.
Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
slightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-
eling on smooth, level road.
When stopping, listen and check for
unusual sounds, pulling to one side,
increased brake pedal travel or “hard-
to-push” brake pedal.
If any slipping or changes in the oper-
ation of your transaxle occurs, check
the transaxle fluid level.
Check automatic transaxle P (Park)
function.
Check the parking brake.
Check for fluid leaks under your vehi-
cle (water dripping from the air condi-
tioning system during or after use is
normal).
WARNING
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure. This could cause burns
or other serious injury.
77
Maintenance
G030103AHM
At least monthly:
Check the coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir
.
Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-
nals and hazard warning flashers.
Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare.
G030104AHM
At least twice a year
(i.e., every Spring and Fall) :
Check the radiator, heater and air con-
ditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
Check the windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean the wiper
blades with clean cloth dampened with
washer fluid.
Check the headlight alignment.
Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear
and function.
Check for worn tires and loose wheel
lug nuts.
G030105APB
At least once a year :
Clean the body and door drain holes.
Lubricate the door hinges and checks,
and hood hinges.
Lubricate the door and hood locks and
latches.
Lubricate the door rubber weather-
strips.
Check the air conditioning system.
Inspect and lubricate the automatic
transaxle linkage and controls.
Clean the battery and terminals.
Check the brake (and clutch) fluid
level.
Maintenance
87
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
G040000ATD
Follow the Normal Maintenance Schedule
if the vehicle is usually operated where
none of the following conditions apply. If
any of the following conditions apply, fol-
low Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions.
Repeated short distance driving.
Driving in dusty conditions or sandy
areas.
Extensive use of brakes.
Driving in areas where salt or other
corrosive materials are being used.
Driving on rough or muddy roads.
Driving in mountainous areas.
Extended periods of idling or low
speed operation.
Driving for a prolonged period in cold
temperatures and/or extremely humid
climates.
More than 50% driving in heavy city
traffic during hot weather above 32°C
(90°F).
If your vehicle is operated under the
above conditions, you should inspect,
replace or refill more frequently than the
following Normal Maintenance Schedule.
After the periods or distance shown in
the chart, continue to follow the pre-
scribed maintenance intervals.
79
Maintenance
G040500APB
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
*
1
: Adjust alternator and power steering (and water pump drive belt) and air conditioner drive belt (if equipped).
Inspect and if necessary correct or replace.
*
2
: Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.
*
3
: For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.
*
4
: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. A qualified technician should perform the
operation.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 10 22.5 35 47.5 60 72.5 85 97.5
Km×1,000 15 35 55 75 95 115 135 155
Drive belts *
1
IIIIIIII
Engine oil and engine oil filter *
2
RRRRRRRR
Air cleaner filter I R I R I R I R
Spark plugs R R R R
Valve clearance *
4
1.4/1.6L
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE (FOR EUROPE)
Inspect every 95,000 km (60,000 miles) or 48 months *
3
Maintenance
107
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
*
5
: The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule
depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard start-
ing problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for details.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 10 22.5 35 47.5 60 72.5 85 97.5
Km×1,000 15 35 55 75 95 115 135 155
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap I I
Vacuum hose I I I I
Fuel filter *
5
II
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I
Cooling system
Inspect “Coolant level adjustment and leak” every day
Inspect “Water pump” when replacing the drive belt or timing belt
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.) (FOR EUROPE)
711
Maintenance
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
*
6
: When adding coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at
the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 10 22.5 35 47.5 60 72.5 85 97.5
Km×1,000 15 35 55 75 95 115 135 155
Engine coolant
*6
Battery condition I I I I I I I I
All electrical systems I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I
Brake pedal, clutch pedal I I I I
Parking brake I I I I I I I I
Brake/clutch fluid
IRI RIRIR
Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I
Drum brakes and linings (if equipped) I I I I
At first, replace at 95,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60 months:
after that, replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.) (FOR EUROPE)
Maintenance
127
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 10 22.5 35 47.5 60 72.5 85 97.5
Km×1,000 15 35 55 75 95 115 135 155
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I
Tire (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I
Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I
Bolt and nuts on chassis and body I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner refrigerant (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Climate control air filter (if equipped) R R R R R R R R
Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped) 1.4/1.6L
I
II IRIII
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.) (FOR EUROPE)
713
Maintenance
G040600APA
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - GASOLINE ENGINE (FOR EUROPE)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace R : Replace or change
Engine oil and engine
R
A, B, C, D, E,
oil filter F, G, H, I, J
Air cleaner filter R C, E
Spark plugs R B, H
Manual transaxle fluid
R Every 100,000 km (62,000 miles) C, D, E, G, H, I, J
(if equipped)
Automatic transaxle fluid
R Every 45,000 km (30,000 miles)
A, C, D, E, F,
(if equipped) G, H, I, J
Steering gear rack,
I C, D, E, F, G
linkage and boots
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving condition
Replace more frequently depending on the condition
At first, replace every 7,500 km (4,600 miles) or 6 months :
after that, replace every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months
Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
Replace more frequently depending on the condition
Maintenance
147
Severe driving conditions
A : Repeated short distance driving
B : Extensive idling
C : Driving in dusty, rough roads
D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive
materials or in very cold weather
E : Driving in sandy areas
F : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hot
weather above 32°C (90°F)
G : Driving in mountainous areas.
H : Towing a trailer
I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle tow-
ing
J : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)
Front suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G
Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I C, D, E, G, H
Drum brakes and linlings (if equipped) I C, D, E, G, H
Parking brake I C, D, G, H
Driveshaft and boots I
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter (if equipped) R C, E
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
715
Maintenance
G040100APA-EA
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
*
1
: Adjust alternator and power steering (and water pump drive belt) and air conditioner drive belt (if equipped).
Inspect and if necessary correct or replace.
*
2
: Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.
*
3
: For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Drive belts *
1
IIIIIIII
Engine oil and engine oil filter *
2
RRRRRRRR
Air cleaner filter
IIRIIRII
Spark plugs
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) *
3
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE (EXCEPT EUROPE)
Maintenance
167
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.) (EXCEPT EUROPE)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Valve clearance *
4
1.4/1.6L
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap I I
Vacuum hose
IIII
Fuel filter *
5
IRIR
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I
Cooling system
Inspect “Coolant level and leak” every day
Inspect “Water pump” when replacing the drive belt or timing belt
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
*
3
: For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.
*
4
: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer should
perform the operation.
*
5
: The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule
depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard start-
ing problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for details.
Inspect every 95,000 km (60,000 miles) or 48 months *
3
717
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.) (EXCEPT EUROPE)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
*
6
: When adding coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at
the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
*
7
: For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it’s interval when you do maintenance of other items.
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Engine coolant *
6
Battery condition I I I I I I I I
All electrical systems I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I
Brake pedal, clutch pedal (if equipped) I I I I
Parking brake I I I I
Brake/clutch fluid
IIIIIIII
Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I
Drum brakes and linings (if equipped) I I I I
At first, replace at 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months:
after that, replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months *
7
Maintenance
187
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.) (EXCEPT EUROPE)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I
Tire (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I
Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I
Bolt and nuts on chassis and body I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner refrigerant (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Climate control air filter (if equipped) R R R R R R R R
Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)
I
II IIIII
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
719
Maintenance
G040200APA
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - GASOLINE ENGINE (EXCEPT EUROPE)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace R : Replace or change
Engine oil and engine oil filter R Every 7,500 km (4,600 miles) or 6 months
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J
Air cleaner filter R C, E
Spark plugs R B, H
Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) R Every 100,000 km (62,000 miles) C, D, E, G, H, I, J
Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped) R Every 40,000 km (25,000 miles)
A, C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I C, D, E, F, G
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving condition
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
Maintenance
207
Severe driving conditions
A : Repeated short distance driving
B : Extensive idling
C : Driving in dusty, rough roads
D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive
materials or in very cold weather
E : Driving in sandy areas
F : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hot
weather above 32°C (90°F)
G : Driving in mountainous areas
H : Towing a trailer
I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle tow-
ing
J : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)
Front suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G
Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I C, D, E, G, H
Drum brakes and linings (if equipped) I C, D, E, G, H
Parking brake I C, D, G, H
Driveshaft and boots I
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter (if equipped) R C, E
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
721
Maintenance
G040300APB
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
*
1
: Adjust alternator and power steering (and water pump drive belt) and air conditioner drive belt (if equipped).
Inspect and if necessary correct or replace.
*
2
: Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 12.5 25 37.5 50 62.5 75 87.5 100
Km×1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Drive belts *
1
IIIIIIII
Engine oil and engine oil filter *
2
For Europe R R R R R R R R
Except Europe
Tensioner/idler/damper pulley
Air cleaner filter I R I R I R I R
Inspect when replacing the drive belt
Replace every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months
Maintenance
227
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000
12.5 25 37.5 50 62.5 75 87.5 100
Km×1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Fuel filler cap I I
Vacuum and crankcase ventilation hose I I I I I I I I
Vacuum hose (for EGR & throttle body) I I I I I I I I
Vacuum pump and vacuum hose I I I I I I I I
Vacuum pump oil hose I I I I I I I I
Fuel filter cartridge *
3
For Europe I I R I I R I I
Except Europe*
4
RRRRRRRR
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I
Cooling system
Inspect “Coolant level adjustment and leak” every day
Inspect “Water pump” when replacing the drive belt or timing belt
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
*
3
: This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel < "EN590 or equiva-
lent">. If the diesel fuel specification doesn't meet the EN590, it must be replaced more frequently. If there are some impor-
tant safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediate-
ly regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
*
4
: If the diesel fuel specification don't meet the EN590, it must be replaced more frequently. HYUNDAI recommends "every
7,500km inspection, every 15,000km replacement".
723
Maintenance
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 12.5 25 37.5 50 62.5 75 87.5 100
Km×1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
For Europe
Engine coolant *
5
Except Europe
Battery condition I I I I I I I I
All electrical systems I I I I I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I
Brake pedal, clutch pedal (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Parking brake I I I I I I I I
Brake/clutch fluid I R I R I R I R
Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I
Drum brakes and linings (if equipped) I I I I
At first, replace at 100,000 km (62,500 miles) or 60 months:
after that, replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months *
6
At first, replace every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months:
after that, replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months *
6
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
*
5
: When adding coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at
the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
*
6
: For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)
Maintenance
247
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000
12.5 25 37.5 50 62.5 75 87.5 100
Km×1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I
Drive shaft and boots I I I I I I I I
Tire (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I
Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I
Bolt and nuts on chassis and body I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner refrigerant (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Climate control air filter (if equipped)
For Europe R R R R R R R R
Except Europe
Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles)
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)
725
Maintenance
G040400APB
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - DIESEL ENGINE
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving condition
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
Engine oil and For Europe R Every 10,000 km (6,200 miles) or 6 months A, B, C, F, G,
engine oil filter Except Europe R Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months H, I, J, K, L
Air cleaner filter R C, E
Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) R Every 100,000 km (62,500 miles) C, D, E, G, H, I, K
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I C, D, E, F, G
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Maintenance
267
Severe driving conditions
A : Repeated short distance driving
B : Extensive idling
C : Driving in dusty, rough roads
D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive
materials or in very cold weather
E : Driving in sandy areas
F : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hot
weather above 32 °C (90 °F)
G : Driving in mountainous areas.
H : Towing a trailer
I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle tow-
ing
J : Driving in very cold weather
K : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)
L : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
Front suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G
Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I C, D, E, G, H
Parking brake I C, D, G, H
Drive shaft and boots I
C, D, E, F, G, H,
I, J, K, L
Climate control air filter (if equipped) R C, E
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
727
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
G050100AHM
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in the
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
being driven in severe conditions, more
frequent oil and filter changes are
required.
G050200AUN
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-
ration and replace if necessary. Drive
belts should be checked periodically for
proper tension and adjusted as neces-
sary.
G050300AFD
Fuel filter (cartridge)
A clogged filter can limit the speed at
which the vehicle may be driven, dam-
age the emission system and cause mul-
tiple issues such as hard starting. If an
excessive amount of foreign matter
accumulates in the fuel tank, the filter
may require replacement more frequent-
ly.
After installing a new filter, run the engine
for several minutes, and check for leaks
at the connections. Fuel filters should be
installed by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
G050400APB
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-
nections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-
nections for leakage and damage. Have
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace
any damaged or leaking parts immedi-
ately.
WARNING - Diesel only
Never work on the injection system
with the engine running or within
30 seconds after shutting off the
engine. High pressure pump, rail,
injectors and high pressure pipes
are subject to high pressure even
after the engine stops. The fuel jet
produced by fuel leaks may cause
serious injury, if it touches the
body. People using pacemakers
should not move more than 30cm
closer to the ECU or wiring harness
within the engine room while the
engine is running, since the high
currents in the Common Rail sys-
tem produce considerable magnet-
ic fields.
Maintenance
287
G050600AUN
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
be inspected at those intervals specified
in the maintenance schedule. Make sure
that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
correctly replaced.
G050700AUN
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses (if equipped)
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence
of heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard
and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,
abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-
cate deterioration. Particular attention
should be paid to examine those hose
surfaces nearest to high heat sources,
such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure that
the hoses do not come in contact with
any heat source, sharp edges or moving
component which might cause heat dam-
age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and cou-
plings, to make sure they are secure, and
that no leaks are present. Hoses should
be replaced immediately if there is any
evidence of deterioration or damage.
G050800AFD
Air cleaner filter
A Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is
replaced.
G050900AUN
Spark plugs (for gasoline engine)
Make sure to install new spark plugs of
the correct heat range.
G051000APB
Valve clearance (if equipped)
Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or
engine vibration and adjust if necessary.
An authorized HYUNDAI dealer should
perform the operation.
G051100AHM
Cooling system
Check the cooling system components,
such as the radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage and
damage. Replace any damaged parts.
G051200AUN
Coolant
The coolant should be changed at the
intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule.
G051300AUN
Manual transaxle fluid
(if equipped)
Inspect the manual transaxle fluid
according to the maintenance schedule.
G051400AUN
Automatic transaxle fluid
(if equipped)
The fluid level should be in the "HOT"
range of the dipstick, after the engine
and transaxle are at normal operating
temperature. Check the automatic
transaxle fluid level with the engine run-
ning and the transaxle in neutral, with the
parking brake properly applied.
G051500AUN
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damaged parts immediately.
729
Maintenance
G051600AUN
Brake fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between “MIN” and “MAX” marks on the
side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic
brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT
4 specification.
G051700AUN
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system includ-
ing the parking brake lever and cables.
G051800APA
Rear brake drums and linings
(if equipped)
Check the rear brake drums and linings
for scoring, burning, leaking fluid, broken
parts, and excessive wear.
G051900AUN
Brake discs, pads, calipers and
rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear, discs
for run out and wear, and calipers for
fluid leakage.
G052100AUN
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.
G052200AUN
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine off,
check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage.
Check the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
G052400AUN
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps
for cracks, deterioration, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-
essary, repack the grease.
G052500AUN
Air conditioning refrigerant
(if equipped)
Check the air conditioning lines and con-
nections for leakage and damage.
Maintenance
307
ENGINE OIL
G060100AHM
Checking the engine oil level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach
normal operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few
minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to
return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and
re-insert it fully.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level. The level should be between
F and L.
If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring
the level to F. Do not overfill.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil from
being spilled on engine components.
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer
to “Recommended lubricants and capaci-
ties” in section 8.)
WARNING - Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may be
hot enough to burn you.
OPB079003 OPB079004
CAUTION - Diesel engine
Overfilling the engine oil may cause
severe dieseling due to churning
effect. It may lead to engine damage
accompanied with abrupt engine
speed increment, combustion noise
and white smoke emission.
CAUTION
Do not overfill the engine oil. It may
damage the engine.
731
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
G060200APB
Changing the engine oil and filter
Have the engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer accord-
ing to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this section.
G070000AHM
The high-pressure cooling system has a
reservoir filled with year round antifreeze
coolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-
tory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter season, and
before traveling to a colder climate.
G070100AHM
Checking the coolant level
WARNING - Removing
radiator cap
Never attempt to remove the radi-
ator cap while the engine is oper-
ating or hot. Doing so might lead
to cooling system and engine
damage. Also, hot coolant or
steam could cause serious per-
sonal injury.
(Continued)
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause skin irri-
tation or cancer if left in contact
with the skin for prolonged periods
of time. Used engine oil contains
chemicals that have caused cancer
in laboratory animals. Always pro-
tect your skin by washing your
hands thoroughly with soap and
warm water as soon as possible
after handling used oil.
(Continued)
Turn the engine off and wait until
it cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the radiator cap.
Wrap a thick towel around it, and
turn it counterclockwise slowly
to the first stop. Step back while
the pressure is released from the
cooling system. When you are
sure all the pressure has been
released, press down on the cap,
using a thick towel, and continue
turning counterclockwise to
remove it.
Even if the engine is not operat-
ing, do not remove the radiator
cap or the drain plug while the
engine and radiator are hot. Hot
coolant and steam may still blow
out under pressure, causing seri-
ous injury.
Check the condition and connections of
all cooling system hoses and heater
hoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-
rated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks on
the side of the coolant reservoir when the
engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
specified coolant to provide protection
against freezing and corrosion. Bring the
level to F (MAX), but do not overfill. If fre-
quent coolant additions are required, see
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
G070101AHM
Recommended engine coolant
Use only soft (distilled) water in the
coolant mixture.
The engine in your vehicle has alu-
minum engine parts and must be pro-
tected by an ethylene-glycol-based
coolant to prevent corrosion and freez-
ing.
DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified
coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less than
35% antifreeze, which would reduce
the effectiveness of the solution.
For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-
lowing table.
Maintenance
327
-15°C (5°F) 35 65
-25°C (-13°F) 40 60
-35°C (-31°F) 50 50
-45°C (-49°F) 60 40
Ambient
Temperature
Mixture Percentage (volume)
Antifreeze
Water
OPB079005
733
Maintenance
G070200APB
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant changed by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer according to the
Maintenance Schedule at the beginning
of this section.
WARNING - Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding hot coolant and
steam may blow out under pres-
sure causing serious injury.
CAUTION
Put a thick cloth around the radiator
cap before refilling the coolant in
order to prevent the coolant from
overflowing into the engine parts
such as the generator.
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may cause
loss of vehicle control or damage
to paint and body trim.
OPB079012
Maintenance
347
BRAKES/CLUTCH FLUID
G080100APB
Checking the brake/clutch fluid
level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-
odically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap and
adding brake/clutch fluid, clean the area
around the reservoir cap thoroughly to
prevent brake/clutch fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX
level. The level will fall with accumulated
mileage. This is a normal condition asso-
ciated with the wear of the brake linings.
If the fluid level is excessively low, have
the brake system checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants and
capacities” in section 8.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
WARNING - Brake/clutch
fluid
When changing and adding
brake/clutch fluid, handle it careful-
ly. Do not let it come in contact with
your eyes. If brake/clutch fluid
come in contact with your eyes,
immediately flush them with a large
quantity of fresh tap water. Have
your eyes examined by a doctor as
soon as possible.
WARNING - Loss of brake
fluid
In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
the vehicle should be inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to
contact the vehicle's body paint, as
paint damage will result.
Brake/clutch fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an extended
time should never be used as its
quality cannot be guaranteed. It
should be properly disposed. Don't
put in the wrong kind of fluid. A few
drops of mineral-based oil, such as
engine oil, in your brake/clutch sys-
tem can damage the system parts.
OPB079007R
735
Maintenance
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)
G100100APB
Checking the automatic transaxle
fluid level
The automatic transaxle fluid level
should be checked regularly.
Keep the vehicle on the level ground with
the parking brake applied and check the
fluid level according to the following pro-
cedure.
1. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral)
position and confirm the engine is run-
ning at normal idle speed.
2. After the transaxle is warmed up suffi-
ciently (fluid temperature 70~80°C
(158~176°F), for example by 10 min-
utes usual driving, move the shift lever
through all the positions then place the
shift lever in “N (Neutral) or P (Park)”
position.
3. Confirm that the fluid level is in “HOT”
range on the level gauge. If the fluid
level is lower, add the specified fluid in
the fill hole. If the fluid level is higher,
drain the fluid from the drain hole.
4. If the fluid level is checked in cold con-
dition (fluid temperature 20~30°C
(68~86°F) add the fluid to “C” (COLD)
line and then recheck the fluid level
according to the above step 2.
OPB079008
OHD076045N
Maintenance
367
NOTICE
“C” (COLD) range is for reference only
and should NOT be used to determine
the transaxle fluid level.
NOTICE
A new automatic transaxle fluid should
be red. The red dye is added so the
assembly plant can identify it as auto-
matic transaxle fluid and distinguish it
from engine oil or antifreeze. The red
dye, which is not an indicator of fluid
quality, is not permanent. As the vehicle
is driven, the automatic transaxle fluid
will begin to look darker. The color may
eventually appear light brown.
Therefore, have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer change the automatic
transaxle fluid according to the
Scheduled Maintenance at the begin-
ning of this section.
Use only the specified automatic
transaxle fluid. (Refer to “Recommended
lubricants and capacities” in section 8.)
G100200APB
Changing the automatic transaxle
fluid
Have the automatic transaxle fluid
changed by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer according to the Maintenance
Schedule at the beginning of this section.
WARNING - Transaxle fluid
The transaxle fluid level should be
checked when the engine is at nor-
mal operating temperature. This
means that the engine, radiator,
radiator hose and exhaust system
etc., are very hot. Exercise great
care not to burn yourself during
this procedure.
WARNING - Parking brake
To avoid sudden movement of the
vehicle, apply the parking brake
and depress the brake pedal before
moving the shift lever.
CAUTION
Low fluid level causes transaxle
slippage. Overfilling can cause
foaming, loss of fluid and transaxle
malfunction.
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transaxle malfunc-
tion and failure.
737
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
G120100AUN
Checking the washer fluid level
The reservoir is translucent so that you
can check the level with a quick visual
inspection.
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain
water may be used if washer fluid is not
available. However, use washer solvent
with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-
mates to prevent freezing.
G140100AFD
Checking the parking brake
Check the stroke of the parking brake by
counting the number of “clicks’’ heard
while fully applying it from the released
position. Also, the parking brake alone
should securely hold the vehicle on a
fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or
less than specified, have the parking
brake adjusted by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of
20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may cause
loss of vehicle control or damage
to paint and body trim.
Windshield Washer fluid agents
contain some amounts of alcohol
and can be flammable under cer-
tain circumstances. Do not allow
sparks or flame to contact the
washer fluid or the washer fluid
reservoir. Damage to the vehicle
or occupants could occur.
• Windshield washer fluid is poi-
sonous to humans and animals.
Do not drink and avoid contact-
ing windshield washer fluid.
Serious injury or death could
occur.
OPB079009 OPB059006/H
PARKING BRAKE
Maintenance
387
FUEL FILTER (FOR DIESEL)
G150100APB
Draining water from the fuel filter
The fuel filter for diesel engine plays an
important role of separating water from
fuel and accumulating the water in its
bottom.
If water accumulates in the fuel filter, the
warning light comes on when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
NOTICE
It is recommended that water accumu-
lated in the fuel filter should be removed
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Place a water trap under the fuel filter.
Loosen the drain plug and drain water.
After the water is drained, securely
tighten the drain plug.
After starting the engine, check to
make certain the fuel filter warning light
is off.
G150300APB
Extracting air from the fuel filter
If you drive until you have no fuel left or if
you replace the fuel filter, be sure to
extract air from the fuel system as it
makes you difficult to start the engine.
1. Remove the air vent bolt on the fuel fil-
ter.
2. Pump up and down until the fuel flows
out of the fuel outlet nipple.
NOTICE
Use cloths when you extract air so that
the fuel is not sprayed.
Clean the fuel around the fuel filter or
the injection pump before starting the
engine to prevent fire.
Finally, check each part if the fuel is
leaking.
G150200AFD
Fuel filter cartridge replacement
NOTICE
When replacing the fuel filter cartridge,
use HYUNDAI genuine parts.
OPB079015R
CAUTION
If the water accumulated in the fuel
filter is not drained at proper times,
damages to the major parts such as
the fuel system can be caused by
water permeation in the fuel filter.
WARNING
Be sure to carefully wipe away any
water drained out in this manner,
because the fuel mixed in the water
might be ignited and cause a fire.
739
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
G160100AFD
Filter replacement
It must be replaced when necessary, and
should not be cleaned and reused.
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching
clips and open the cover.
2. Replace the air cleaner filter.
3. Lock the cover with the cover attach-
ing clips.
OPB079011 OPB079013 OPB079014
Maintenance
407
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-
ment more often than the usual recom-
mended intervals. (Refer to
“Maintenance under severe usage condi-
tions” in this section.)
CAUTION
Do not drive with the air cleaner
removed; this will result in exces-
sive engine wear.
When removing the air cleaner fil-
ter, be careful that dust or dirt
does not enter the air intake, or
damage may result.
Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Use
of non-genuine parts could dam-
age the air flow sensor or turbo
charger.
741
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)
G170100APA
Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should be
replaced according to the Maintenance
Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in
severely air-polluted cities or on dusty
rough roads for a long period, it should
be inspected more frequently and
replaced earlier. When you replace the
climate control air filter, replace it per-
forming the following procedure, and be
careful to avoid damaging other compo-
nents.
G170200APB
Filter replacement
1. Remove the climate control air filter
cover.
2. Pull out the air filter.
OPB079045R
OPB079016R OPB079017R
Maintenance
427
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
3. Replace the climate control air filter.
4. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
NOTICE
When replacing the climate control air
filter install it properly. Otherwise, the
system may produce noise and the effec-
tiveness of the filter may be reduced.
G180100AUN
Blade inspection
NOTICE
Commercial hot waxes applied by auto-
matic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
Contamination of either the windshield or
the wiper blades with foreign matter can
reduce the effectiveness of the wind-
shield wipers. Common sources of con-
tamination are insects, tree sap, and hot
wax treatments used by some commer-
cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-
ing properly, clean both the window and
the blades with a good cleaner or mild
detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
clean water.
WIPER BLADES
1JBA5122/H
OPB079018
743
Maintenance
G180200AUN
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean ade-
quately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
G180201AUN
Front windshield wiper blade
Type A
1.
Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper
blade assembly to expose the plastic
locking clip.
2. Compress the clip and slide the blade
assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manual-
ly.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunc-
tion and failure.
1LDA5023
CAUTION
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.
1JBA7037
1JBA7038
Maintenance
447
G180201APB
Type B
1. Raise the wiper arm.
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull
down the blade assembly and remove
it.
3. Install the new blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
OHM078059
OHM078060
OHM078061
CAUTION
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.
745
Maintenance
G180202AFD
Rear window wiper blade
(if equipped)
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the
wiper blade assembly
.
2. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the slot in
the wiper arm until it clicks into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it slight-
ly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer replace the wiper
blade.
OPA077017
OPA077018
Maintenance
467
BATTERY
G190100AUN
For best battery service
Keep the battery securely mounted.
Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections
clean, tight, and coated with petroleum
jelly or terminal grease.
Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the
battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
If the vehicle is not going to be used for
an extended time, disconnect the bat-
tery cables.
WARNING - Battery
dangers
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
Keep lighted cigarettes and
all other flames or sparks
away from the battery.
Hydrogen, a highly com-
bustible gas, is always
present in battery cells and
may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of the
reach of children because
batteries contain highly
corrosive SULFURIC ACID.
Do not allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
(Continued)
(Continued)
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least
15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention.
If electrolyte gets on your
skin, thoroughly wash the
contacted area. If you feel a
pain or a burning sensa-
tion, get medical attention
immediately.
Wear eye protection when
charging or working near a
battery. Always provide
ventilation when working in
an enclosed space.
An inappropriately dis-
posed battery can be harm-
ful to the environment and
human health. Dispose the
battery according to your
local law(s) or regulation.
(Continued)
OPB079006
747
Maintenance
G190200AUN
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
If the battery becomes discharged in a
short time (because, for example, the
headlights or interior lights were left on
while the vehicle was not in use),
recharge it by slow charging (trickle)
for 10 hours.
If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while the
vehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-
30A for two hours.
(Continued)
When lifting a plastic-cased bat-
tery, excessive pressure on the
case may cause battery acid to
leak, resulting in personal injury.
Lift with a battery carrier or with
your hands on opposite corners.
Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery cables
are connected.
The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage. Never
touch these components with the
engine running or the ignition
switched on.
Failure to follow the above warn-
ings can result in serious bodily
injury or death.
WARNING - Recharging
battery
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in an
area with good ventilation.
Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,
or flame near the battery.
Watch the battery during charg-
ing, and stop or reduce the
charging rate if the battery cells
begin gassing (boiling) violently
or if the temperature of the elec-
trolyte of any cell exceeds 49°C
(120°F).
Wear eye protection when check-
ing the battery during charging.
Maintenance
487
G130300APB
Reset items
Items should be reset after the battery
has been discharged or the battery has
been disconnected.
Auto up/down window (See section 4)
Sunroof (See section 4)
Multi display (See section 4)
Climate control system
(See section 4)
Audio (See section 4)
(Continued)
(Continued)
Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
Before performing maintenance
or recharging the battery, turn off
all accessories and stop the
engine.
The negative battery cable must
be removed first and installed
last when the battery is discon-
nected.
749
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
G200100AUN
Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
G200200APB
Recommended cold tire inflation
pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
1.6 km (one mile).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, top vehi-
cle handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure
refer to “Tire and wheels” in section
8.
All specifications (sizes and pres-
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the vehicle.
WARNING - Tire underin-
flation
Severe underinflation (70 kPa
(10 psi) or more) can lead to
severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
leading to severe injury or
death. This risk is much higher
on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
OPB089004/H
Maintenance
507
WARNING - Tire inflation
Overinflation or underinflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure. This
could result in loss of vehicle
control and potential injury.
CAUTION - Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
Check tire pressure when the
tires are cold. (After vehicle
has been parked for at least
three hours or hasn't been
driven more than 1.6 km (one
mile) since startup.)
Check the pressure of your
spare tire each time you check
the pressure of other tires.
Never overload your vehicle.
Be careful not to overload a
vehicle luggage rack if your
vehicle is equipped with one.
Worn, old tires can cause
accidents. If your tread is
badly worn, or if your tires
have been damaged, replace
them.
CAUTION
• Underinflation also results in
excessive wear, poor handling
and reduced fuel economy.
Wheel deformation also is
possible. Keep your tire pres-
sures at the proper levels. If a
tire frequently needs refilling,
have it checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
Overinflation produces a
harsh ride, excessive wear at
the center of the tire tread,
and a greater possibility of
damage from road hazards.
CAUTION
Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pres-
sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6
psi). Do not release air from
warm tires to adjust the pres-
sure or the tires will be under-
inflated.
Be sure to reinstall the tire
inflation valve caps. Without
the valve cap, dirt or moisture
could get into the valve core
and cause air leakage. If a
valve cap is missing, install a
new one as soon as possible.
751
Maintenance
G200300AUN
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the
spare tire.
G200301AFD
How to check
Use a good quality gage to check tire
pressure. You can not tell if your tires
are properly inflated simply by look-
ing at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even when they're
underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least three hours or driven no
more than 1.6 km (1 mile).
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gage firm-
ly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjust-
ment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the rec-
ommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gage. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and mois-
ture.
WARNING
Inspect your tires frequently
for proper inflation as well as
wear and damage. Always use
a tire pressure gauge.
Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly caus-
ing poor handling, loss of vehi-
cle control, and sudden tire
failure leading to accidents,
injuries, and even death. The
recommended cold tire pres-
sure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on
the tire label located on the dri-
ver's side center pillar.
Worn tires can cause acci-
dents. Replace tires that are
worn, show uneven wear, or
are damaged.
Remember to check the pres-
sure of your spare tire.
HYUNDAI recommends that
you check the spare every
time you check the pressure
of the other tires on your vehi-
cle.
Maintenance
527
G200400APB
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recom-
mended that the tires be rotated
every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for
uneven wear and damage. Abnormal
wear is usually caused by incorrect
tire pressure, improper wheel align-
ment, out-of-balance wheels, severe
braking or severe cornering. Look for
bumps or bulges in the tread or side
of tire. Replace the tire if you find
either of these conditions. Replace
the tire if fabric or cord is visible.
After rotation, be sure to bring the
front and rear tire pressures to spec-
ification and check lug nut tightness.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section
8.
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
NOTICE
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from
front to rear and not from right to
left.
WARNING
Do not use the compact spare
tire for tire rotation.
Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circum-
stances. This may cause
unusual handling characteris-
tics that could result in death,
severe injury, or property
damage.
S2BLA790
S2BLA790A
CBGQ0707A
Without a spare tire
With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)
Directional tires (if equipped)
753
Maintenance
G200500AUN
Wheel alignment and tire balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
G200600BFD
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replac-
ing the tire.
CAUTION
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's alu-
minum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
OEN076053
Tread wear indicator
WARNING - Replacing
tires
To reduce the chance or serious
or fatal injuries from an acci-
dent caused by tire failure or
loss of vehicle control:
Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effec-
tiveness, steering control,
and traction.
Do not drive your vehicle with
too little or too much pressure
in your tires. This can lead to
uneven wear and tire failure.
When replacing tires, never
mix radial and bias-ply tires
on the same car. You must
replace all tires (including the
spare) if moving from radial to
bias-ply tires.
(Continued)
Maintenance
547
G200601AUN
Compact spare tire replacement (if
equipped)
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mount-
ing a regular size tire.
G200700AUN
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
WARNING
A wheel that is not the correct
size may adversely affect wheel
and bearing life, braking and
stopping abilities, handling
characteristics, ground clear-
ance, body-to-tire clearance,
snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer cal-
ibration, headlight aim and
bumper height.
(Continued)
Using tires and wheel other
than the recommended sizes
could cause unusual handling
characteristics and poor vehi-
cle control, resulting in a seri-
ous accident.
Wheels that do not meet
HYUNDAI’s specifications
may fit poorly and result in
damage to the vehicle or
unusual handling and poor
vehicle control.
The ABS works by comparing
the speed of the wheels. Tire
size can affect wheel speed.
When replacing tires, all 4
tires must use the same size
originally supplied with the
vehicle. Using tires of a differ-
ent size can cause the ABS
(Anti-lock Brake System) and
ESP (Electronic Stability
Program) (if equipped) to
work irregularly.
755
Maintenance
G200800AHM
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. Slow down whenever there
is rain, snow or ice on the road, to
reduce the possibility of losing con-
trol.
G200900AUN
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check
the wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
G201000AUN
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental charac-
teristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
G201001AUN
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
G201002APB
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replace-
ment tires for your vehicle. The fol-
lowing explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designa-
tor could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
175/70R14 64T
175 - Tire width in millimeters.
70 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
14 - Rim diameter in inches.
64 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
I030B04JM
1
1
2
3
4
5,6
7
Maintenance
567
S 180 km/h (112 mph)
T 190 km/h (118 mph)
H 210 km/h (130 mph)
V 240 km/h (149 mph)
Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph)
Maximum Speed
Speed
Rating
Symbol
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with impor-
tant information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The fol-
lowing explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designa-
tion mean.
Example wheel size designation:
5.0JX14
5.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
14 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the dif-
ferent speed ratings currently being
used for passenger car tire. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe oper-
ating speed.
G201003AHM
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of
the wheel), displaying the DOT
Code. The DOT Code is a series of
numbers on a tire consisting of num-
bers and English letters. The manu-
facturing date is designated by the
last four digits (characters) of the
DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four num-
bers indicate week and year manu-
factured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1608 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2008.
757
Maintenance
G201004AEN
4. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of rub-
ber-coated fabric are in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply con-
struction; the letter "D" means diago-
nal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-
struction.
G201005AUN
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
G201006AUN
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
G201007AEN
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maxi-
mum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a compara-
tive rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified govern-
ment test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
half times (1½) as well on the gov-
ernment course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
WARNING - Tire age
Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, we recommend that tires
generally be replaced after six
(6) years of normal service.
Heat caused by not climates or
frequent high loading condi-
tions can accelerate the aging
process. Failure to follow this
Warning can result in sudden
tire failure, which could lead to
a loss of control and an acci-
dent involving serious injury or
death.
Maintenance
587
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicles
may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tires ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on spec-
ified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction perform-
ance.
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled condi-
tions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of perform-
ance on the laboratory test wheel
than the minimum required by law.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straight-
ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include accelera-
tion, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
WARNING - Tire
temperature
The temperature grade for this
tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
build-up and possible sudden
tire failure. This can cause loss
of vehicle control and serious
injury or death.
759
Maintenance
FUSES
G210000APB
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by
fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one
located in the drivers side panel bolster,
the other in the engine compartment
near the battery.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-
sories, or controls do not work, check the
appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has
blown, the element inside the fuse will
melt.
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the drivers side fuse panel.
Always replace a blown fuse with one of
the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-
cates an electrical problem. Avoid using
the system involved and immediately
consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type
for lower amperage rating, cartridge
type, and multi fuse for higher amperage
ratings.
OHDC078019
Normal
Normal
Blade type
Cartridge type
Multi fuse
Blown
Blown
Normal Blown
WARNING - Fuse replace-
ment
• Never replace a fuse with any-
thing but another fuse of the
same rating.
A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
fire.
Never install a wire instead of the
proper fuse - even as a temporary
repair. It may cause extensive
wiring damage and a possible fire.
CAUTION
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove fuses
because it may cause a short circuit
and damage the system.
Maintenance
607
G210100APB
Instrument panel fuse replacement
1. Turn the ignition switch and all other
switches of
f.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it
is blown.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of
the same rating from a circuit you may
not need for operating the vehicle, such
as the cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlights or other electrical com-
ponents do not work and the fuses are
OK, check the fuse block in the engine
compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must
be replaced.
OPB079022R
OPB079023R
761
Maintenance
G210101AUN
Memory fuse
Your vehicle is equipped with the memo-
ry fuse to prevent battery discharge if
your vehicle is parked without being
operated for prolonged periods. Use the
following procedures before parking the
vehicle for prolonged periods.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.
3. Open the drivers side panel cover and
pull up the memory fuse.
NOTICE
If the memory fuse is pulled up from
the fuse panel, the warning chime,
audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,
will not operate. Some items must be
reset after replacement. Refer to
“Battery” in this section.
Even though the memory fuse is
pulled up, the battery can still be dis-
charged by operation of the head-
lights or other electrical devices.
G210200APB
Engine compartment panel fuse
replacement
1. Turn the ignition switch and all other
switches of
f.
2. Remove the fuse box cover by press-
ing the tap and pulling the cover up.
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it
is blown. To remove or insert the fuse,
use the fuse puller in the engine com-
partment fuse panel.
OPB079024/H
OPB079025R
OPB079026R
Diesel only
Maintenance
627
4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
G210201APB
Main fuse (multi fuse)
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture
above.
3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the
same rating.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
NOTICE
If the main fuse is blown, consult an
Authorized HYUNDAI Dealer.
CAUTION
After checking the fuse box in the
engine compartment, securely
install the fuse box cover. If not,
electrical failures may occur from
water leaking in.
OPB079027
763
Maintenance
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehi-
cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse box on your
vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.
Engine compartment fuse panel
OPB079028R/OPB079029R/OPB079030R
G210300AFD
Fuse/Relay panel description
Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing
fuse/relay name and capacity.
Diesel only
Instrument panel fuse panel
Maintenance
647
Instrument panel fuse panel
Description Fuse rating Protected component
FRT WIPER 25A Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch(Wiper Switch)
O/S MIR HTD 10A ECM(M/T), PCM(A/T), A/C Control Module, Driver Power Outside Mirror, Passenger Power Outside
Mirror
H/LP LH 10A Head Lamp LH
ROOM 10A RR HTD Relay, Door Warning Switch, Instrument Cluster, RR HTD Relay, Door Warning Switch,
Instrument Cluster, Trip Computer, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, BCM, A/C Control Module,
Luggage Lamp, Overhead Console Assembly, Front Room Lamp, Center Room Lamp
AUDIO 20A Audio
P/WDW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Switch RH,
Passenger Power Window Switch(LHD)
FUSE P/WDW LH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Switch RH,
Passenger Power Window Switch(RHD)
S/HTD 15A Passenger Seat Warmer Switch, Driver Seat Warmer Switch
RR WIPER 15A Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch(Wiper Switch)
H/LP RH 10A Head Lamp RH, Instrument Cluster(Head Lamp ILL.)
IGN 2 10A Head Lamp Leveling Switch, Incar Sensor, BCM, A/C Control Module, Sunroof Control Module, Head
Lamp LH/RH, E/R Fuse & Relay Box(FFHS Relay, DRL Relay, Blower Relay), DSL Fuse & Relay
Box(PTC 2 Relay, PTC 3 Relay)
PCU 10A Fuel Filter Warning Sensor, Air Flow Sensor, ECM(M/T), PCM(A/T)
STOP LP 15A Stop Lamp Switch, Data Link Connector, P/WDW Relay
A/BAG 10A Seat Belt Reminder Switch Module, SRS Control Module
HAZARD 15A Hazard Switch, Hazard Relay
SAFETY P/W 15A Driver Safety Power Window Module
CLUSTER 10A Trip Computer, Instrument Cluster(ILL.), BCM
POWER
CONNECTOR
765
Maintenance
Description Fuse rating Protected component
TCU 10A Over Driver Switch, Pulse Generator "A", Pulse Generator "B", Vehicle Speed Sensor
IGN1 10A Generator(KAPPA), EPS Control Module, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module
ABS 10A ESP Switch, Steering Angle Sensor, ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module, Yaw Rate Sensor,
E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Multipurpose Check Connector)
IGN COIL 15A Ignition Coil(KAPPA), Ignition Coil #1~#4(GAMMA), Condenser(GAMMA)
B/UP LP 10A Transaxle Range Switch(GAMMA), Back-Up Lamp Switch
A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster(A/BAG ILL.)
T/SIG LP 10A Hazard Switch
TAIL LP LH 10A DRL Relay, License Lamp, Rear Combination Lamp LH, Head Lamp
FUSE TAIL LP RH 10A Head Lamp RH, Rear Combination Lamp RH, Illuminations
ACC 10A Power Outside Mirror, Audio, Trip Computer
C/LIGHT 15A Cigarette Lighter
RR FOG LP 10A RR Fog Relay
B/A HORN 15A B/A Relay
DR LOCK 20A T/Gate Unlock Relay, DR Lock/Unlock Relay, Dead Lock Relay
FRT FOG LP 10A FRT Fog Relay
FOLDING 10A Power Outside Mirror Switch
S/ROOF 20A Sunroof Control Module
START 10A ECM(DSL), E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Start Relay, B/Alarm Relay)
Maintenance
667
Engine compartment main fuse panel (Gasoline engine)
Description Fuse rating Protected component
BATT 2 50A I/P Junction (P/WDW RELAY, Fuse (SAFETY P/W 15A, HAZARD 15A))
BATT 1 VV I/P Junction (TAIL RELAY, Fuse (S/ROOF 20A, FOLDING 10A, DR LOCK 20A, STOP LP 15A, B/A
HORN 15A, RR FOG LP 10A, FRT FOG LP 10A, Power Connector (ROOM 10A, AUDIO 20A))
C/FAN 30A C/FAN HI Relay, C/FAN LOW Relay
MULTI MAIN 125A Generator, Fuse (ABS 1 40A, ABS 2 40A, RR HTD 40A, BLOWER 40A, MDPS 80A, A/CON 1 10A)
FUSE ABS 2 40A Multipurpose Check Connector, ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module
ABS 1 40A Multipurpose Check Connector, ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module
RR HTD 40A RR HTD Relay
BLOWER 40A Blower Relay
MDPS 80A ESP Control Module
IGN 2 50A Ignition Switch
ECU A 30A ECM(M/T), PCM(A/T), Engine Control Relay(Main relay)
F/PUMP 20A F/PUMP Relay
IGN 1 40A Ignition Switch
HORN 10A Horn Relay
FUSE
SNSR 1 10A Camshaft Position Sensor, Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oxygen Sensor(Up,Down),
Immobilizer Control Module, C/FAN LOW Relay, C/FAN HI Relay
ECU B 10A ECM(M/T), PCM(A/T)
DRL 10A Ground (BCM)
ECU 1 20A ECM(M/T), PCM(A/T)
INJ 15A Injector #1~#4, Idle Speed Control Actuator, A/CON Relay, Oil Control Valve(GAMMA)
A/CON 2 10A A/C Control Module
A/CON 1 10A A/CON Relay
767
Maintenance
Engine compartment main fuse panel (Diesel engine)
Description Fuse rating Protected component
BATT 2 50A I/P Junction (P/WDW RELAY, Fuse (SAFETY P/W 15A, HAZARD 15A))
BATT 1 VV I/P Junction (TAIL RELAY, Fuse (S/ROOF 20A, FOLDING 10A, DR LOCK 20A, STOP LP 15A, B/A
HORN 15A, RR FOG LP 10A, FRT FOG LP 10A, Power Connector (ROOM 10A, AUDIO 20A))
C/FAN 30A C/FAN HI Relay, C/FAN LOW Relay
MULTI MAIN 125A Generator, Fuse (ABS 1 40A, ABS 2 40A, RR HTD 40A, BLOWER 40A, MDPS 80A, A/CON 1 10A)
FUSE ABS 2 40A Multipurpose Check Connector, ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module
ABS 1 40A Multipurpose Check Connector, ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module
RR HTD 40A RR HTD Relay
BLOWER 40A Blower Relay
MDPS 80A ESP Control Module
DSL 150A DSL Fuse & Relay Box (Glow Relay, PTC 1 Relay, PTC 2 Relay, PTC 3 Relay)
IGN 2 50A Ignition Switch
ECU A 30A ECM(M/T), PCM(A/T), Engine Control Relay(Main relay)
F/HTR 20A FFHS Relay
IGN 1 40A Ignition Switch
HORN 10A Horn Relay
SNSR 1 10A Camshaft Position Sensor, Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oxygen Sensor(Up,Down),
Immobilizer Control Module, C/FAN LOW Relay, C/FAN HI Relay
FUSE DRL 10A Ground (BCM)
ECU 2 10A Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve
ECU 1 20A ECM
INJ 15A A/CON Relay, Camshaft Position Sensor, VGT Actuator, EGR Actuator, Immobilizer Control Module, DSL
Fuse & Relay Box (Glow Relay, PTC 1 Relay)
A/CON 2 10A A/C Control Module
A/CON 1 10A A/CON Relay
Maintenance
687
Engine compartment sub fuse panel (Diesel engine)
Description Fuse rating Protected component
GLOW 80A Glow Relay, Air Heater Relay
FUSE
PTC 1 50A PTC 1 Relay
PTC 2 50A PTC 2 Relay
PTC 3 50A PTC 3 Relay
769
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
G220000APB
Use only the bulbs of the specified
wattage.
NOTICE
After driving in heavy rain or washing,
headlight and taillight lenses could
appear frosty. This condition is caused by
the temperature difference between the
lamp inside and outside. This is similar
to the condensation on your windows
inside your vehicle during the rain and
doesn’t indicate a problem with your
vehicle. If the water leaks into the lamp
bulb circuitry, have the vehicle checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - Working on
the lights
Prior to working on the light, firmly
apply the parking brake, ensure
that the ignition switch is turned to
the “LOCK” position and turn off
the lights to avoid sudden move-
ment of the vehicle and burning
your fingers or receiving an electric
shock.
CAUTION
Be sure to replace the burned-out
bulb with one of the same wattage
rating. Otherwise, it may cause
damage to the fuse or electric
wiring system.
CAUTION
If you don’t have necessary tools,
the correct bulbs and the expertise,
consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. In many cases, it is difficult
to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle
must be removed before you can
get to the bulb. This is especially
true if you have to remove the head-
light assembly to
get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing
the headlight
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
Maintenance
707
G220100APB
Headlight, position light, turn sig-
nal light, and front fog light bulb
replacement
(1) Headlight (High/Low)
(2) Position light
(3) Front turn signal light
(4) Front fog light (if equipped)
G220101AFD
Headlight bulb
OPB079031
OHD076046
WARNING -
Halogen bulbs
• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-
ized gas that will produce flying
pieces of glass if broken.
Always handle them carefully,
and avoid scratches and abra-
sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid
contact with liquids. Never touch
the glass with bare hands.
Residual oil may cause the bulb
to overheat and burst when lit. A
bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlight.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
Wear eye protection when chang-
ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool
down before handling it.
771
Maintenance
1. Open the hood.
2. Loosen the retaining bolts and remove
the headlight assembly from the body
of the vehicle.
3. Disconnect the power connector from
the back of the headlight assembly.
4. Remove the headlight bulb cover by
turning it counterclockwise.
5. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket-
connector.
6. Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining
wire by depressing the end and push-
ing it upward.
7. Remove the bulb from the headlight
assembly.
8. Install a new headlight bulb and snap
the headlight bulb retaining wire into
position by aligning the wire with the
groove on the bulb.
9. Connect the headlight bulb socket
connector.
10. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
11. Connect the power connector to the
back of the headlight assembly.
12. Reinstall the headlight assembly to
the body of the vehicle.
OPB079043
OPB079047
Maintenance
727
G220102APB
Turn signal light
1. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclock-
wise until the tabs on the socket align
with the slots on the assembly.
2. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counter-
clockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket. Pull
the bulb out of the socket
3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
4. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
Position light
1. Remove the socket from the assembly
by pulling it straight out.
2. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pulling it out.
3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket.
4. Install the socket in the assembly by
pushing it in.
G220103APB
Front fog light bulb replacement
1. Reach your hand into the back of the
front bumper
.
2. Disconnect the power connector from
the socket.
3. Remove the bulb-socket from the
housing by turning the socket counter
clockwise until the tabs on the socket
align with the slots on the housing.
4. Install the new bulb-socket into the
housing by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the housing.
Push the socket into the housing and
turn the socket clockwise.
5. Connect the power connector to the
socket.
6. Reinstall the front bumper under cover.
OPB079048 OPB079049 OPB079046
773
Maintenance
F220200AUN
Side repeater light bulb replace-
ment
1. Remove the light assembly from the
vehicle by prying the lens and pulling
the assembly out.
2. Disconnect the bulb electrical connec-
tor.
3. Separate the socket and the lens parts
by turning the socket counterclock-
wise until the tabs on the socket align
with the slots on the lens part.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
5. Insert a new bulb in the socket.
6. Reassemble the socket and the lens
part.
7. Connect the bulb electrical connector.
8. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
G220300APB
Rear combination light bulb
replacement
(1) Stop and tail light
(2) Back-up light
(3) Rear turn signal light
(4) Rear fog light
OPB079034
OPB079033
Maintenance
747
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Loosen the light assembly retaining
screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
3. Remove the rear combination light
assembly from the body of the vehicle.
4. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclock-
wise until the tabs on the socket align
with the slots on the assembly.
5. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counter-
clockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket. Pull
the bulb out of the socket.
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
7. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
8. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
G220500APB
High mounted stop light replace-
ment
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Remove the cap
3. Push the clip up that is in the hole. The
high mounted stop light assembly will
be pushed out.
OPB079035
OPB079036
OPB079050
775
Maintenance
4. Pull out the bulb module from the high
mounted stop light assembly.
5. Replace the bulbs by pulling it out.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order.
G220400APB
License plate light bulb replace-
ment
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, remove
the light assembly from the body of the
vehicle by prying the housing and
pulling the assembly out.
2. Separate the socket and the lens part
by turning the socket counterclock-
wise until the tabs on the socket align
with the slots on the lens part.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Insert a new bulb in the socket.
5. Reassemble the socket and the hous-
ing part.
6. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
OPB079051 OPA077044
Maintenance
767
G220600AHM
Interior light bulb replacement
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lens from the interior light
housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap the
lens into place.
Room lamp (Front)
Room lamp (Center)
Glove box lamp
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
Lights, ensure that the “OFF” but-
ton is pressed to avoid burning
your fingers or receiving an electric
shock.
OPB079041
Luggage room lamp
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OPA077045
OTD079037
OPB079042/H
777
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care
G230101AUN
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and
caution st
atements that appear on the
label.
G230102BUN
Finish maintenance
Washing
T
o help protect your vehicle’s finish from
rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly
and frequently at least once a month with
lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-
ing, you should wash it after each off-
road trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are kept
clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
can damage your vehicle’s finish if not
removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-
oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do
not allow soap to dry on the finish.
WARNING - Wet brakes
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired,
dry the brakes by applying them
lightly while maintaining a slow for-
ward speed.
CAUTION
Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do not
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight
or when the body of the vehicle is
warm.
CAUTION
Water washing in the engine com-
partment including high pressure
water washing may cause the fail-
ure of electrical circuits located in
the engine compartment.
Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electri-
cal/electronic components inside
the vehicle as this may damage
them.
OJB037800
Maintenance
787
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or
paste wax, and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect
it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
with a spot remover will usually strip the
wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
does not yet need waxing.
G230103AUN
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
p
ainted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust
and may develop into a major repair
expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement, be sure
the body shop applies anti-corrosion
materials to the parts repaired or
replaced.
B230104AUN
Bright-metal maintenance
To remove road tar and insects, use a
t
ar remover, not a scraper or other
sharp object.
To protect the surfaces of bright-metal
parts from corrosion, apply a coating of
wax or chrome preservative and rub to
a high luster.
During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts with
a heavier coating of wax or preserva-
tive. If necessary, coat the parts with
non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other
protective compound.
CAUTION
Wiping dust or dirt off the body
with a dry cloth will scratch the
finish.
Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated
or anodized aluminum parts. This
may result in damage to the pro-
tective coating and cause discol-
oration or paint deterioration.
779
Maintenance
G230105APB
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may col-
lect on the underbody
. If these materials
are not removed, accelerated rusting can
occur on underbody parts such as the
fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust
system, even though they have been
treated with rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody
and wheel openings with lukewarm or
cold water once a month, after off-road
driving and at the end of each winter. Pay
special attention to these areas because
it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it. The
lower edges of the doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes
that should not clog with dirt; trapped
water in these areas can cause rusting.
G230106AUN
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a
clear protective finish.
Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-
ishing compound, solvent, or wire
brushes on aluminum wheels. They
may scratch or damage the finish.
Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-
gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.
Also, be sure to clean the wheels after
driving on salted roads. This helps pre-
vent corrosion.
Avoid washing the wheels with high-
speed car wash brushes.
Do not use any acid detergent. It may
damage and corrode the aluminum
wheels coated with a clear protective
finish.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired,
dry the brakes by applying them
lightly while maintaining a slow for-
ward speed.
Maintenance
807
G230107AHM
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design and
construction practices to combat corro-
sion, we produces cars of the highest
quality
. However, this is only part of the
job. To achieve the long-term corrosion
resistance your vehicle can deliver, the
owner's cooperation and assistance is
also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion
on your car are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath the
car.
Removal of paint or protective coatings
by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor
scrapes and dents which leave unpro-
tected metal exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your car is
regularly exposed to corrosive materials,
corrosion protection is particularly impor-
tant. Some of the common causes of
accelerated corrosion are road salts,
dust control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in which
corrosion is most likely to occur. For
example, corrosion is accelerated by
high humidity, particularly when tempera-
tures are just above freezing. In such
conditions, the corrosive material is kept
in contact with the vehicle’s surfaces with
moisture that slowly evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it
dries slowly and holds moisture in con-
tact with the vehicle. Although the mud
appears to be dry, it can still retain mois-
ture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be dis-
persed. For all these reasons, it is par-
ticularly important to keep your vehicle
clean and free of mud or accumulations
of other materials. This applies not only
to the visible surfaces but particularly to
the underside of the vehicle.
781
Maintenance
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from get-
ting started by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to
keep your vehicle clean and free of cor-
rosive materials. Attention to the under-
side of the vehicle is particularly impor-
tant.
If you live in a high-corrosion area —
where road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra
care to prevent corrosion. In winter,
hose off the underside of your vehicle
at least once a month and be sure to
clean the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
When cleaning underneath the vehi-
cle, give particular attention to the
components under the fenders and
other areas that are hidden from view.
Do a thorough job; just dampening the
accumulated mud rather than washing
it away will accelerate corrosion rather
than prevent it. Water under high pres-
sure and steam are particularly effec-
tive in removing accumulated mud
and corrosive materials.
When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members, be
sure that drain holes are kept open so
that moisture can escape and not be
trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poor-
ly ventilated garage. This creates a
favorable environment for corrosion. This
is particularly true if you wash your vehi-
cle in the garage or drive it into the
garage when it is still wet or covered with
snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage
can contribute to corrosion unless it is
well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be
covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as
possible to reduce the possibility of cor-
rosion. If bare metal is showing through,
the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-
ly corrosive and may damage painted
surfaces in just a few hours. Always
remove bird droppings as soon as possi-
ble.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor mats
and carpeting and cause corrosion.
Check under the mats periodically to be
sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular
care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning
materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in proper
containers and any spills or leaks should
be cleaned up, flushed with clean water
and thoroughly dried.
Maintenance
827
Interior care
G230201AHM
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as per-
fume and cosmetic oil from cont
acting
the dashboard because they may cause
damage or discoloration. If they do con-
tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-
diately. See the instructions for the prop-
er way to clean vinyl.
G230202AUN
Cleaning the upholstery and interior
trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner
.
Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean with a mild soap solution recom-
mended for upholstery or carpets.
Remove fresh spots immediately with a
fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not
receive immediate attention, the fabric
can be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties
can be reduced if the material is not
properly maintained.
G230203AUN
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-
bing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for cleaning
upholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-
tions provided with the soap. Do not
bleach or re-dye the webbing because
this may weaken it.
G230204AUN
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-
cle become fogged (that is, covered with
an oily
, greasy or waxy film), they should
be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the
directions on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION
Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with
electrical/electronic components
inside the vehicle as this may dam-
age them.
CAUTION
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric’s appearance and fire-
resistant properties.
CAUTION
Do not scrape or scratch the inside
of the rear window. This may result
in damage to the rear window
defroster grid.
783
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
G270000APB
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty infor-
mation contained in the Service Passport
in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-
sion control system to meet all emission
regulations.
There are three emission control sys-
tems which are as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function of
the emission control systems, it is rec-
ommended that you have your vehicle
inspected and maintained by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with
the maintenance schedule in this manu-
al.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Program (ESP) system)
To prevent the vehicle from misfir-
ing during dynamometer testing,
turn the Electronic Stability
Program (ESP) system off by press-
ing the ESP switch.
After dynamometer testing is com-
pleted, turn the ESP system back on
by pressing the ESP switch again.
G270100AUN
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The positive crankcase ventilation sys-
tem is employed to prevent air pollution
caused by blow-by gases being emitted
from the crankcase. This system sup-
plies fresh filtered air to the crankcase
through the air intake hose. Inside the
crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-
by gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
G270200AUN
2. Evaporative emission control
System
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmos-
phere.
G270201AUN
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
t
ank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the
canister are drawn into the surge tank
through the purge control solenoid valve.
Maintenance
847
G270202AHM
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is con-
trolled by the Engine Control Module
(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-
ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-
es so that evaporated fuel is not t
aken
into the engine. After the engine warms
up during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the
engine.
G270300AUN
3. Exhaust emission control
system
The Exhaust Emission Control System is
a highly effective system which controls
exhaust emissions while maintaining
good vehicle performance.
G270301AUN
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could af
fect
its performance, safety or durability and
may even violate governmental safety
and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modification
may not be covered under warranty.
G270302AUN
Engine exhaust gas precautions (car-
bon monoxide)
Carbon monoxide can be present with
other exhaust fumes.
Therefore, if you
smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside
your vehicle, have it inspected and
repaired immediately. If you ever sus-
pect exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all the
windows fully open. Have your vehicle
checked and repaired immediately.
Do not operate the engine in confined
or closed areas (such as garages) any
more than what is necessary to move
the vehicle in or out of the area.
When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short time
with the engine running, adjust the
ventilation system (as needed) to draw
outside air into the vehicle.
Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-
cle for any extended time with the
engine running.
When the engine stalls or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the
engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.
WARNING - Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain car-
bon monoxide (CO). Though color-
less and odorless, it is dangerous
and could be lethal if inhaled.
Follow the instructions following to
avoid CO poisoning.
785
Maintenance
G270303AFD
Operating precautions for catalytic
converters (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic
converter emission control device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-
line engine.
Do not operate the vehicle when there
are signs of engine malfunction, such
as misfire or a noticeable loss of per-
formance.
Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
Examples of misuse are coasting with
the ignition off and descending steep
grades in gear with the ignition off.
Do not operate the engine at high idle
speed for extended periods (5 minutes
or more).
Do not modify or tamper with any part
of the engine or emission control sys-
tem. All inspections and adjustments
must be made by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.
If you run out of gasoline, it could
cause the engine to misfire and result
in excessive loading of the catalytic
converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void your
warranties.
WARNING - Fire
A hot exhaust system can ignite
flammable items under your vehi-
cle. Do not park the vehicle over or
near flammable objects, such as
grass, vegetation, paper, leaves,
etc.
8
Dimensions / 8-2
Bulb wattage / 8-2
Tires and wheels / 8-3
Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4
Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-6
Vehicle certification label / 8-6
Tire specification and pressure label / 8-7
Engine number / 8-7
Specifications & Consumer information
Specifications & Consumer information
28
DIMENSIONS
I010000APB
Light Bulb Wattage
Headlights (High/Low) 60/55
Front turn signal 21
Position lights 5
Side repeater light* 5
Front fog light* 27
Rear fog light* 21
Stop and tail light 21/5
Rear turn signal light 21
Back-up light 16
High mounted stop light* 5
License plate light 5
Room lamps
Front 10
Center* 8
Luggage room lamp* 5
Glove box lamp* 5
BULB WATTAGE
I030000APB
* : If equipped
Item mm (in)
Overall length 3940 (155.1)
Overall width 1710 (67.3)
Overall height 1490 (58.6)
Front tread 1505/1493*
1
/1487*
2
(59.2/58.7/58.5)
Rear tread 1503/1491*
1
/1485*
2
(59.1/58.7/58.4)
Wheelbase 2525 (99.4)
*1 : 185/60R15
*2 : 195/50R16
83
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRES AND WHEELS
I020000APB
*
1
: Except Japan
* : If equipped
Inflation pressure
kPa (psi)
Front Rear Front Rear
175/70R14 5.0Jx14
185/60R15 5.5Jx15 230 (33) 230 (33) 250 (36) 250 (36)
195/50R16 5.5Jx16
420 420 420 420
T115/70D15 4.0T×15
(60) (60) (60) (60)
Full size tire
Compact spare tire*
Wheel lug nut torque
kg•m (lb•ft, N•m)
9~11
(65~79, 88~107)
Item
Tire
size
Wheel size
Normal load
Maximum load
*1
Specifications & Consumer information
48
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
I040000APB
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct
lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-
omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure
in everyday driving, but in a years time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 Use the engine oils approved by Hyundai Motor Company. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
Lubricant Volume Classification
3.6 l (3.80 US qt.)
3.3 l (3.49 US qt.)
5.3 l (5.60 US qt.)
API Service CH-4 or above, ACEA B4
Manual transaxle fluid 1.9 l (2.01 US qt.) API Service GL-4 (SAE 75W-85, fill for-life)
Automatic transaxle fluid 6.8 l (7.19 US qt.) DIAMOND ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-III
4.1 l (4.4 US qt.) MIXTURE, Antifreeze with water
Coolant 5.8 l (6.1 US qt.) (Ethylene glycol base coolant for
6.8 l (7.1 US qt.) aluminum radiator)
Brake/Clutch fluid
0.7~0.8 l
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
(0.7~0.8 US qt.)
Fuel 45 l (18 US gal.) -
Engine oil
*1 *2
(drain and refill)
Gasoline Engine
1.2L
1.4L/1.6L
Diesel Engine
For Europe*
3
API Service SL or above, ACEA A3 or above
Except Europe
API Service SL or SM,
ILSAC GF-3 or above
Gasoline Engine
1.4/1.6L
Gasoline Engine
Diesel Engine
1.2L
1.4/1.6L
85
Specifications & Consumer information
I040100AFD
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an
effect on fuel economy and cold weather
operation (engine start and engine oil
flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils
can provide better fuel economy and cold
weather performance, however, higher
viscosity engine oils are required for sat-
isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using
oils of any viscosity other than those rec-
ommended could result in engine dam-
age.
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or drain-
ing any lubricant. This is especially
important in dusty or sandy areas
and when the vehicle is used on
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine
and other mechanisms that could
be damaged.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
Gasoline
Engine Oil *
1
(For Europe)
°C
(°F)
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Diesel
Engine Oil
5W-30
15W-40
10W-30
0W-30
*3
*1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE
0W-40, 5W-30, 5W-40 (API Service SL or above, ACEA A3 or above).
*2. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE
5W-20,5W-30 (API SL, SM / ILSAC GF-3 or above). However, if the engine oil is not avail-
able in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
*3. It is only for extreme cold area and to be restricted by driving condition and area.
(Especially, not recommended for sustained high loaded and high speed operation.)
0W-40, 5W-30, 5W-40
Gasoline
Engine Oil *
2
(Except Europe)
20W-50
10W-30
15W-40
5W-20, 5W-30
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operat-
ed in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from
the chart.
Specifications & Consumer information
68
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
H010000APB-EA
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
the number used in registering your vehi-
cle and in all legal matters pertaining to
its ownership, etc.
The number is punched below the dri-
vers seat.
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the
top of the dashboard. The number on the
plate can easily be seen through the
windshield from outside.
H020000AUN
The vehicle certification label attached
on the drivers (or front passengers) side
center pillar gives the vehicle identifica-
tion number (VIN).
OPB089003
OPB089001
OPB089002
Type A
Type B
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
87
Specifications & Consumer information
H030000APB
The tires supplied on your new vehicle
are chosen to provide the best perform-
ance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side
center pillar gives the tire pressures rec-
ommended for your vehicle.
H04000AUN-EE
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
OPB089005
OPB089006
Diesel engine
Gasoline engine
OPB089004/H
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
ENGINE NUMBER
I
Index
Index
2I
Air cleaner ··································································· 7-39
Airbag-supplemental restraint system ························· 3-33
Appearance care ·························································· 7-77
Audio system ······························································· 4-89
Automatic climate control system ······························· 4-72
Automatic transaxle ····················································· 5-10
Automatic transaxle fluid ············································ 7-35
Battery ········································································· 7-46
Before driving ································································ 5-3
Brake system ······························································· 5-15
Brakes and clutch fluid ················································ 7-34
Bulb wattage ·································································· 8-2
Child restraint system ·················································· 3-24
Climate control air filter ·············································· 7-41
Defroster ······································································ 4-63
Dimensions ···································································· 8-2
Door locks ····································································· 4-9
Economical operation ·················································· 5-25
Emergency starting ························································ 6-4
Emission control system ·············································· 7-83
Engine compartment ·············································· 2-4, 7-2
Engine coolant ····························································· 7-31
Engine number ······························································· 8-7
Engine oil ····································································· 7-30
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ············· 7-27
Fuel filler lid ································································ 4-21
Fuel filter ····································································· 7-38
Fuel requirements ·························································· 1-2
Fuses ············································································ 7-59
Hazard warning flasher ··············································· 4-51
Hood ············································································ 4-19
How to use this manual ················································· 1-2
If the engine does not start ············································ 6-3
If the engine overheats ·················································· 6-6
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire) ························ 6-12
If you have a flat tire (with TireMobilityKit) ·············· 6-20
In case of an emergency while driving ························· 6-2
Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ················· 1-6
Instrument cluster ························································ 4-34
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
I
I 3
Index
Instrument panel overview ············································ 2-3
Interior features ··························································· 4-84
Interior light ································································· 4-60
Interior overview ··························································· 2-2
Key positions ································································· 5-4
Keys ··············································································· 4-2
Light bulbs ··································································· 7-69
Lighting ······································································· 4-52
Maintenance services ····················································· 7-4
Manual climate control system ··································· 4-64
Manual transaxle ··························································· 5-7
Mirrors ········································································· 4-30
Owner maintenance ······················································· 7-6
Parking brake ······························································· 7-37
Recommended lubricants and capacities ······················· 8-4
Remote keyless entry ····················································· 4-5
Road warning ································································· 6-2
Scheduled maintenance service ····································· 7-8
Seat ················································································ 3-2
Seat belts ······································································ 3-13
Special driving conditions ··········································· 5-27
Starting the engine ························································· 5-5
Steering wheel ····························································· 4-28
Storage compartment ··················································· 4-81
Sunroof ········································································ 4-24
Tailgate ········································································ 4-13
Theft-alarm system ························································ 4-7
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ····················· 6-7
Tire specification and pressure label ····························· 8-7
Tires and wheels ··················································· 7-49, 8-3
Towing ········································································· 6-29
Trailer towing ······························································ 5-35
Vehicle break-in process ················································ 1-5
Vehicle certification label ·············································· 8-6
Vehicle identification number (VIN) ····························· 8-6
Vehicle weight ····························································· 5-43
K
L
M
O
P
R
S
T
V
Index
4I
Washer fluid ································································· 7-37
Windows ······································································ 4-14
Windshield defrosting and defogging ························· 4-79
Winter driving ······························································ 5-31
Wiper blades ································································ 7-42
Wipers and washers ····················································· 4-57
W
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
10


Need help? Post your question in this forum.

Forumrules


Report abuse

Libble takes abuse of its services very seriously. We're committed to dealing with such abuse according to the laws in your country of residence. When you submit a report, we'll investigate it and take the appropriate action. We'll get back to you only if we require additional details or have more information to share.

Product:

For example, Anti-Semitic content, racist content, or material that could result in a violent physical act.

For example, a credit card number, a personal identification number, or an unlisted home address. Note that email addresses and full names are not considered private information.

Forumrules

To achieve meaningful questions, we apply the following rules:

Register

Register getting emails for Hyundai i20 at:


You will receive an email to register for one or both of the options.


Get your user manual by e-mail

Enter your email address to receive the manual of Hyundai i20 in the language / languages: English as an attachment in your email.

The manual is 2,82 mb in size.

 

You will receive the manual in your email within minutes. If you have not received an email, then probably have entered the wrong email address or your mailbox is too full. In addition, it may be that your ISP may have a maximum size for emails to receive.

Others manual(s) of Hyundai i20

Hyundai i20 User Manual - Dutch - 361 pages


The manual is sent by email. Check your email

If you have not received an email with the manual within fifteen minutes, it may be that you have a entered a wrong email address or that your ISP has set a maximum size to receive email that is smaller than the size of the manual.

The email address you have provided is not correct.

Please check the email address and correct it.

Your question is posted on this page

Would you like to receive an email when new answers and questions are posted? Please enter your email address.



Info